Merge pull request 'chore: final version update' (#560) from chore/final-version into dev

Description is already managed in repo general settings. The manifest
now reads it from the repository object instead of a separate form field.

.mokogitea/CLAUDE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# MokoGitea
+
+Fork of Gitea -- self-hosted Git service at git.mokoconsulting.tech. Go backend + TypeScript frontend.
+
+## Quick Reference
+
+| Field | Value |
+|---|---|
+| **Language** | Go 1.26+ / TypeScript |
+| **Module** | `code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea` |
+| **Branch** | develop on `dev`, merge to `main` (protected) |
+| **Wiki** | [MokoGitea Wiki](https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/wiki) |
+
+## Commands
+
+```bash
+make help             # List all available targets
+make fmt              # Format .go files
+make lint-go          # Lint Go code
+make lint-js          # Lint TypeScript
+make tidy             # After go.mod changes
+make build            # Build binary
+
+# Testing
+go test -run '^TestName$' ./modulepath/        # Single Go test
+pnpm exec vitest <path-filter>                 # Single JS test
+GITEA_TEST_E2E_FLAGS='<filepath>' make test-e2e  # Single Playwright test
+```
+
+## Rules
+
+- Add current year copyright header on new `.go` files
+- No trailing whitespace in edited files
+- Conventional Commits for commit messages and PR titles
+- Never force-push, amend, or squash unless asked -- use new commits
+- Preserve existing code comments
+- TypeScript: use `!` (non-null assertion) not `?.`/`??` when value is known to exist
+- CSS: prefer `flex-*` helpers over per-child `tw-ml-*`/`tw-mr-*` margins
+- Add `Co-Authored-By` lines to all commits
+- **Workflow directory**: `.mokogitea/` (not `.gitea/` or `.github/`)
+- **Attribution**: `Authored-by: Moko Consulting`
+- **Standards**: [MokoStandards](https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/moko-platform/wiki/Home)

.mokogitea/manifest.xml

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
     <identity>
         <name>MokoGitea</name>
         <org>MokoConsulting</org>
-        <description>Moko fork of Gitea — adding project board REST API endpoints and custom enhancements</description>
-        <version>05.14.00</version>
+        <description>Moko fork of Gitea -- adding project board REST API endpoints and custom enhancements</description>
+        <version>05.47.00</version>
         <license spdx="GPL-3.0-or-later">GNU General Public License v3</license>
     </identity>
     <governance>

.mokogitea/mcp/CHANGELOG.md

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!-- Copyright (C) 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+DEFGROUP: gitea-api-mcp.Documentation
+REPO: https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/gitea-api-mcp
+-->
+
+# Changelog
+
+All notable changes to this project will be documented in this file.
+
+The format is based on [Keep a Changelog](https://keepachangelog.com/en/1.1.0/),
+and this project adheres to [Semantic Versioning](https://semver.org/spec/v2.0.0.html).
+
+## [Unreleased]
+
+### Changed
+- **Renamed** package from `@mokoconsulting/gitea-api-mcp` to `@mokoconsulting/mokogitea-api-mcp` to distinguish Moko's forked Gitea MCP from upstream
+- **Renamed** McpServer name and bin entry to `mokogitea-api-mcp`
+
+
+## [0.0] - 2026-05-07
+
+### Added
+
+#### User / Auth (3 tools)
+- `gitea_me` -- Get the authenticated user info
+- `gitea_user_orgs` -- List organizations the authenticated user belongs to
+- `gitea_user_repos` -- List repositories owned by the authenticated user
+
+#### Repositories (8 tools)
+- `gitea_repo_get` -- Get repository details
+- `gitea_repo_create` -- Create a new repository
+- `gitea_repo_delete` -- Delete a repository
+- `gitea_repo_edit` -- Edit repository settings
+- `gitea_repo_fork` -- Fork a repository
+- `gitea_repo_search` -- Search repositories
+- `gitea_org_repos` -- List repositories in an organization
+- `gitea_list_connections` -- List configured Gitea connections
+
+#### File Contents (5 tools)
+- `gitea_file_get` -- Get file contents from a repository
+- `gitea_dir_get` -- Get directory contents (file listing) from a repository
+- `gitea_file_create_or_update` -- Create or update a file in a repository
+- `gitea_file_delete` -- Delete a file from a repository
+- `gitea_tree_get` -- Get the git tree for a repository (recursive file listing)
+
+#### Branches (4 tools)
+- `gitea_branches_list` -- List branches in a repository
+- `gitea_branch_get` -- Get a specific branch
+- `gitea_branch_create` -- Create a new branch
+- `gitea_branch_delete` -- Delete a branch
+
+#### Commits (2 tools)
+- `gitea_commits_list` -- List commits in a repository
+- `gitea_commit_get` -- Get a specific commit
+
+#### Issues (7 tools)
+- `gitea_issues_list` -- List issues in a repository
+- `gitea_issue_get` -- Get a single issue by number
+- `gitea_issue_create` -- Create a new issue
+- `gitea_issue_update` -- Update an issue
+- `gitea_issue_comments_list` -- List comments on an issue
+- `gitea_issue_comment_create` -- Add a comment to an issue
+- `gitea_issue_search` -- Search issues across all repositories
+
+#### Labels (2 tools)
+- `gitea_labels_list` -- List labels in a repository
+- `gitea_label_create` -- Create a label
+
+#### Milestones (2 tools)
+- `gitea_milestones_list` -- List milestones in a repository
+- `gitea_milestone_create` -- Create a milestone
+
+#### Pull Requests (6 tools)
+- `gitea_pulls_list` -- List pull requests
+- `gitea_pull_get` -- Get a single pull request
+- `gitea_pull_create` -- Create a pull request
+- `gitea_pull_merge` -- Merge a pull request
+- `gitea_pull_files` -- List files changed in a pull request
+- `gitea_pull_review_create` -- Create a pull request review
+
+#### Releases (5 tools)
+- `gitea_releases_list` -- List releases
+- `gitea_release_get` -- Get a single release by ID
+- `gitea_release_latest` -- Get the latest release
+- `gitea_release_create` -- Create a new release
+- `gitea_release_delete` -- Delete a release
+
+#### Tags (3 tools)
+- `gitea_tags_list` -- List tags
+- `gitea_tag_create` -- Create a tag
+- `gitea_tag_delete` -- Delete a tag
+
+#### Actions (2 tools)
+- `gitea_actions_runs_list` -- List workflow runs for a repository
+- `gitea_actions_run_get` -- Get a specific workflow run
+
+#### Organizations (3 tools)
+- `gitea_org_get` -- Get organization details
+- `gitea_org_teams_list` -- List teams in an organization
+- `gitea_org_members_list` -- List members of an organization
+
+#### Users (2 tools)
+- `gitea_user_get` -- Get a user profile
+- `gitea_users_search` -- Search users
+
+#### Webhooks (2 tools)
+- `gitea_webhooks_list` -- List webhooks for a repository
+- `gitea_webhook_create` -- Create a webhook
+
+#### Wiki (2 tools)
+- `gitea_wiki_pages_list` -- List wiki pages
+- `gitea_wiki_page_get` -- Get a wiki page
+
+#### Notifications (2 tools)
+- `gitea_notifications_list` -- List notifications for the authenticated user
+- `gitea_notifications_read` -- Mark all notifications as read
+
+#### Generic (2 tools)
+- `gitea_api_request` -- Make a raw API request to any Gitea v1 endpoint
+- `gitea_list_connections` -- List configured Gitea connections
+
+### Infrastructure
+- Multi-connection config support via `~/.gitea-api-mcp.json`
+- Token-based authentication (Gitea native `Authorization: token` header)
+- Built on `node:https` / `node:http` (zero HTTP dependencies)
+- MCP SDK v1.12.x with stdio transport
+
+[0.0.1]: https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/gitea-api-mcp/releases/tag/v0.0.1

.mokogitea/mcp/Dockerfile

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+FROM node:20-alpine
+
+WORKDIR /app
+
+COPY package.json package-lock.json ./
+RUN npm ci --production=false
+
+COPY tsconfig.json ./
+COPY src/ ./src/
+RUN npx tsc && npm prune --production
+
+EXPOSE 3100
+
+ENV PORT=3100
+ENV NODE_ENV=production
+
+# SSE mode by default for Docker deployments
+CMD ["node", "dist/sse.js"]

.mokogitea/mcp/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+# MokoGitea MCP Server
+
+A comprehensive [Model Context Protocol](https://modelcontextprotocol.io) server for [Gitea](https://gitea.com) and [MokoGitea](https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea). 120+ tools for repos, issues, PRs, projects, releases, custom fields, statuses, priorities, and manifests.
+
+Works with any Gitea instance. MokoGitea-specific features degrade gracefully on vanilla Gitea.
+
+## Quick Start
+
+### npx (no install)
+
+```bash
+GITEA_URL=https://gitea.example.com GITEA_TOKEN=your_token npx @mokoconsulting/mokogitea-mcp
+```
+
+### Claude Code
+
+Add to `.claude.json`:
+
+```json
+{
+  "mcpServers": {
+    "mokogitea": {
+      "command": "npx",
+      "args": ["@mokoconsulting/mokogitea-mcp"],
+      "env": {
+        "GITEA_URL": "https://gitea.example.com",
+        "GITEA_TOKEN": "your_token"
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Docker (SSE mode)
+
+```bash
+docker run -p 3100:3100 \
+  -e GITEA_URL=https://gitea.example.com \
+  -e GITEA_TOKEN=your_token \
+  mokoconsulting/mokogitea-mcp
+```
+
+Connect MCP client to `http://localhost:3100/sse`.
+
+### Multi-instance config
+
+Create `~/.mcp_mokogitea.json`:
+
+```json
+{
+  "defaultConnection": "production",
+  "connections": {
+    "production": { "baseUrl": "https://gitea.example.com", "token": "your_token" },
+    "dev": { "baseUrl": "https://dev.gitea.example.com", "token": "dev_token" }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Configuration
+
+| Method | Use Case |
+|--------|----------|
+| `GITEA_URL` + `GITEA_TOKEN` env vars | Single instance, quick setup |
+| `~/.mcp_mokogitea.json` config file | Multiple instances |
+| `GITEA_API_MCP_CONFIG` env var | Custom config path |
+| `GITEA_INSECURE=true` | Skip TLS verification |
+
+## Tools (120+)
+
+### Repositories
+`gitea_repo_create` `gitea_repo_get` `gitea_repo_edit` `gitea_repo_delete` `gitea_repo_search` `gitea_repo_fork` `gitea_repo_generate` `gitea_repo_languages` `gitea_repo_contributors` `gitea_repo_topics` `gitea_repo_topics_set`
+
+### Issues
+`gitea_issue_create` (dedup by title) `gitea_issue_get` `gitea_issue_update` `gitea_issues_list` `gitea_issue_search` `gitea_issue_comment_create` `gitea_issue_comments_list` `gitea_issue_labels_set` `gitea_issue_bulk_set_status`
+
+### Pull Requests
+`gitea_pull_create` `gitea_pull_get` `gitea_pulls_list` `gitea_pull_merge` `gitea_pull_files` `gitea_pull_review_create`
+
+### Branches and Tags
+`gitea_branches_list` `gitea_branch_create` `gitea_branch_delete` `gitea_branch_get` `gitea_tags_list` `gitea_tag_create` `gitea_tag_delete`
+
+### Releases
+`gitea_releases_list` `gitea_release_create` `gitea_release_get` `gitea_release_latest` `gitea_release_delete` `gitea_release_asset_upload` `gitea_release_asset_delete`
+
+### Files and Trees
+`gitea_file_get` `gitea_file_create_or_update` `gitea_file_delete` `gitea_dir_get` `gitea_tree_get` `gitea_bulk_file_push`
+
+### Projects
+`gitea_project_list` `gitea_project_create` `gitea_project_get` `gitea_project_update` `gitea_project_delete` `gitea_project_overview` `gitea_project_columns_list` `gitea_project_column_create` `gitea_project_column_delete` `gitea_project_cards_list` `gitea_project_card_add` `gitea_project_card_move` `gitea_project_card_remove`
+
+### Organizations
+`gitea_org_get` `gitea_org_repos` `gitea_org_members_list` `gitea_org_teams_list` `gitea_org_labels_list` `gitea_org_label_create`
+
+### Wiki
+`gitea_wiki_pages_list` `gitea_wiki_page_get`
+
+### MokoGitea Extensions
+`gitea_manifest_get` `gitea_manifest_update` `gitea_org_custom_fields_list` `gitea_org_custom_field_create` `gitea_org_custom_field_delete` `gitea_issue_custom_fields_get` `gitea_issue_custom_fields_set` `gitea_org_issue_statuses_list` `gitea_issue_set_status` `gitea_org_issue_priorities_list` `gitea_issue_set_priority`
+
+### Admin and Other
+`gitea_me` `gitea_users_search` `gitea_user_get` `gitea_notifications_list` `gitea_notifications_read` `gitea_commits_list` `gitea_commit_get` `gitea_compare` `gitea_webhooks_list` `gitea_webhook_create` `gitea_admin_users_list` `gitea_admin_orgs_list` `gitea_admin_cron_list` `gitea_admin_cron_run` `gitea_list_connections`
+
+## SSE Server
+
+For hosted deployments:
+
+```
+GET  /         Server info
+GET  /sse      SSE connection endpoint
+POST /message  Tool call messages
+GET  /health   Health check
+```
+
+## License
+
+GPL-3.0-or-later - [Moko Consulting](https://mokoconsulting.tech)

.mokogitea/mcp/config.example.json

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+	"defaultConnection": "moko",
+	"connections": {
+		"moko": {
+			"baseUrl": "https://git.mokoconsulting.tech",
+			"token": "your-gitea-access-token"
+		},
+		"github-mirror": {
+			"baseUrl": "https://gitea.example.com",
+			"token": "your-other-token"
+		}
+	}
+}

.mokogitea/mcp/package.json

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+{
+	"name": "@mokoconsulting/mokogitea-mcp",
+	"version": "1.1.0",
+	"description": "MCP server for Gitea and MokoGitea - 120+ tools for repos, issues, PRs, projects, releases, custom fields, statuses, priorities, and manifests",
+	"type": "module",
+	"main": "dist/index.js",
+	"bin": {
+		"mokogitea-mcp": "dist/index.js",
+		"mokogitea-mcp-sse": "dist/sse.js"
+	},
+	"scripts": {
+		"build": "tsc",
+		"dev": "tsc --watch",
+		"start": "node dist/index.js",
+		"start:sse": "node dist/sse.js",
+		"setup": "node scripts/setup.mjs",
+		"clean": "rm -rf dist/"
+	},
+	"keywords": [
+		"mcp",
+		"gitea",
+		"mokogitea",
+		"model-context-protocol",
+		"claude",
+		"ai",
+		"git",
+		"self-hosted",
+		"api",
+		"devops"
+	],
+	"dependencies": {
+		"@modelcontextprotocol/sdk": "^1.12.1",
+		"zod": "^3.24.4"
+	},
+	"devDependencies": {
+		"@types/node": "^22.15.3",
+		"typescript": "^5.8.3"
+	},
+	"engines": {
+		"node": ">=20.0.0"
+	},
+	"license": "GPL-3.0-or-later",
+	"author": "Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>",
+	"homepage": "https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/mcp_mokogitea_api",
+	"repository": {
+		"type": "git",
+		"url": "https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/mcp_mokogitea_api.git"
+	},
+	"files": [
+		"dist/",
+		"config.example.json",
+		"README.md",
+		"LICENSE"
+	],
+	"publishConfig": {
+		"access": "public"
+	}
+}

.mokogitea/mcp/profile.ps1

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# mcp_mokogitea_api PowerShell Profile
+# Source this with: . ./profile.ps1
+
+$env:MCP_ROOT = $PSScriptRoot
+$env:TEMP = 'A:\temp'
+$env:TMP  = 'A:\temp'
+
+function mcp { Set-Location $PSScriptRoot }
+function mcp-src { Set-Location (Join-Path $PSScriptRoot 'src') }
+function mcp-build { Set-Location $PSScriptRoot; npm run build }
+function mcp-dev { Set-Location $PSScriptRoot; npm run dev }
+
+Write-Host "mcp_mokogitea_api profile loaded" -ForegroundColor Cyan
+Write-Host "  Commands: mcp-build, mcp-dev" -ForegroundColor DarkGray
+Write-Host "  Navigate: mcp, mcp-src" -ForegroundColor DarkGray

.mokogitea/mcp/scripts/setup.mjs

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env node
+/* Copyright (C) 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+ * BRIEF: Interactive setup — prompts for Gitea connection details
+ */
+import { createInterface } from 'node:readline/promises';
+import { readFile, writeFile } from 'node:fs/promises';
+import { resolve } from 'node:path';
+import { homedir } from 'node:os';
+
+const CONFIG_PATH = resolve(homedir(), '.gitea-api-mcp.json');
+const rl = createInterface({ input: process.stdin, output: process.stdout });
+
+async function prompt(q, d) { const a = await rl.question(`${q}${d ? ` [${d}]` : ''}: `); return a.trim() || d || ''; }
+async function promptRequired(q) { let a = ''; while (!a) { a = (await rl.question(`${q}: `)).trim(); if (!a) console.log('  Required.'); } return a; }
+
+async function main() {
+	console.log('\n=== gitea-api-mcp Setup ===\n');
+	let existing = null;
+	try { existing = JSON.parse(await readFile(CONFIG_PATH, 'utf-8')); console.log(`Existing: ${Object.keys(existing.connections).join(', ')}\n`); } catch {}
+
+	const name = await prompt('Connection name', 'moko');
+	const baseUrl = await promptRequired('Gitea URL (e.g. https://git.mokoconsulting.tech)');
+	const token = await promptRequired('Access token (Settings > Applications > Generate Token)');
+	const insecure = (await prompt('Skip TLS verification? (y/N)', 'N')).toLowerCase() === 'y';
+
+	const conn = { baseUrl: baseUrl.replace(/\/+$/, ''), token };
+	if (insecure) conn.insecure = true;
+
+	const config = existing ?? { defaultConnection: name, connections: {} };
+	config.connections[name] = conn;
+	if (!existing) config.defaultConnection = name;
+	else if ((await prompt(`Set "${name}" as default? (y/N)`, 'N')).toLowerCase() === 'y') config.defaultConnection = name;
+
+	await writeFile(CONFIG_PATH, JSON.stringify(config, null, '\t') + '\n', 'utf-8');
+	console.log(`\nConfig written to ${CONFIG_PATH}\n`);
+	rl.close();
+}
+
+main().catch(e => { console.error(e.message); rl.close(); process.exit(1); });

.mokogitea/mcp/src/client.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+ *
+ * This file is part of a Moko Consulting project.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+ *
+ * FILE INFORMATION
+ * DEFGROUP: gitea-api-mcp.Client
+ * INGROUP: gitea-api-mcp
+ * REPO: https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/gitea-api-mcp
+ * PATH: /src/client.ts
+ * VERSION: 01.00.00
+ * BRIEF: HTTP client for Gitea REST API v1
+ */
+
+import * as https from 'node:https';
+import * as http from 'node:http';
+import type { GiteaConnection, ApiResponse } from './types.js';
+
+const API_PREFIX = '/api/v1';
+const TIMEOUT_MS = 30_000;
+
+export class GiteaClient {
+	private readonly base_url: string;
+	private readonly headers: Record<string, string>;
+	private readonly insecure: boolean;
+
+	constructor(conn: GiteaConnection) {
+		this.base_url = conn.baseUrl.replace(/\/+$/, '') + API_PREFIX;
+		this.headers = {
+			'Authorization': `token ${conn.token}`,
+			'Content-Type': 'application/json',
+			'Accept': 'application/json',
+		};
+		this.insecure = conn.insecure ?? false;
+	}
+
+	async get(endpoint: string, params?: Record<string, string>): Promise<ApiResponse> {
+		return this.request(this.buildUrl(endpoint, params), 'GET');
+	}
+
+	async post(endpoint: string, body?: unknown): Promise<ApiResponse> {
+		return this.request(this.buildUrl(endpoint), 'POST', body);
+	}
+
+	async patch(endpoint: string, body: unknown): Promise<ApiResponse> {
+		return this.request(this.buildUrl(endpoint), 'PATCH', body);
+	}
+
+	async put(endpoint: string, body: unknown): Promise<ApiResponse> {
+		return this.request(this.buildUrl(endpoint), 'PUT', body);
+	}
+
+	async delete(endpoint: string): Promise<ApiResponse> {
+		return this.request(this.buildUrl(endpoint), 'DELETE');
+	}
+
+	private buildUrl(endpoint: string, params?: Record<string, string>): string {
+		const path = endpoint.startsWith('/') ? endpoint : `/${endpoint}`;
+		const url = new URL(`${this.base_url}${path}`);
+		if (params) {
+			for (const [key, value] of Object.entries(params)) {
+				url.searchParams.set(key, value);
+			}
+		}
+		return url.toString();
+	}
+
+	private request(url: string, method: string, body?: unknown): Promise<ApiResponse> {
+		return new Promise((resolve, reject) => {
+			const parsed = new URL(url);
+			const is_https = parsed.protocol === 'https:';
+			const transport = is_https ? https : http;
+
+			const options: https.RequestOptions = {
+				hostname: parsed.hostname,
+				port: parsed.port || (is_https ? 443 : 80),
+				path: parsed.pathname + parsed.search,
+				method,
+				headers: { ...this.headers },
+				timeout: TIMEOUT_MS,
+			};
+
+			if (this.insecure && is_https) {
+				options.rejectUnauthorized = false;
+			}
+
+			const payload = body !== undefined ? JSON.stringify(body) : undefined;
+			if (payload) {
+				(options.headers as Record<string, string>)['Content-Length'] = Buffer.byteLength(payload).toString();
+			}
+
+			const req = transport.request(options, (res) => {
+				const chunks: Buffer[] = [];
+				res.on('data', (chunk: Buffer) => chunks.push(chunk));
+				res.on('end', () => {
+					const raw = Buffer.concat(chunks).toString('utf-8');
+					let data: unknown;
+					try {
+						data = JSON.parse(raw);
+					} catch {
+						data = raw;
+					}
+					resolve({ status: res.statusCode ?? 0, data });
+				});
+			});
+
+			req.on('error', (err) => reject(err));
+			req.on('timeout', () => {
+				req.destroy();
+				reject(new Error('Request timed out'));
+			});
+
+			if (payload) {
+				req.write(payload);
+			}
+			req.end();
+		});
+	}
+}

.mokogitea/mcp/src/config.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+import { readFile } from 'node:fs/promises';
+import { resolve } from 'node:path';
+import { homedir } from 'node:os';
+import type { GiteaConfig, GiteaConnection } from './types.js';
+
+const CONFIG_FILENAME = '.mcp_mokogitea.json';
+
+export async function loadConfig(): Promise<GiteaConfig> {
+	// Priority 1: Environment variables (zero-config single instance)
+	if (process.env.GITEA_URL && process.env.GITEA_TOKEN) {
+		const conn: GiteaConnection = {
+			baseUrl: process.env.GITEA_URL,
+			token: process.env.GITEA_TOKEN,
+			insecure: process.env.GITEA_INSECURE === 'true',
+		};
+		return {
+			connections: { default: conn },
+			defaultConnection: 'default',
+		};
+	}
+
+	// Priority 2: Config file
+	const config_path = process.env.GITEA_API_MCP_CONFIG
+		? resolve(process.env.GITEA_API_MCP_CONFIG)
+		: resolve(homedir(), CONFIG_FILENAME);
+
+	try {
+		const raw = await readFile(config_path, 'utf-8');
+		const parsed = JSON.parse(raw) as Partial<GiteaConfig>;
+
+		if (!parsed.connections || Object.keys(parsed.connections).length === 0) {
+			throw new Error('No connections defined in config');
+		}
+
+		return {
+			connections: parsed.connections,
+			defaultConnection: parsed.defaultConnection ?? Object.keys(parsed.connections)[0],
+		};
+	} catch (err) {
+		const message = err instanceof Error ? err.message : String(err);
+		throw new Error(
+			`Failed to load config from ${config_path}: ${message}\n` +
+			`Option 1: Set GITEA_URL and GITEA_TOKEN environment variables\n` +
+			`Option 2: Create ${config_path} - see config.example.json for format`,
+		);
+	}
+}
+
+export function getConnection(config: GiteaConfig, name?: string): GiteaConnection {
+	const key = name ?? config.defaultConnection;
+	const conn = config.connections[key];
+	if (!conn) {
+		throw new Error(
+			`Connection "${key}" not found. Available: ${Object.keys(config.connections).join(', ')}`,
+		);
+	}
+	return conn;
+}

.mokogitea/mcp/src/server.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+//
+// Creates a configured MCP server instance for use by both stdio and SSE transports.
+
+import { McpServer } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/mcp.js';
+import type { GiteaConfig } from './types.js';
+
+// Import index.ts to register all tools on its exported `server` singleton,
+// then re-export a factory that initializes config and returns the server.
+import { server, initConfig } from './index.js';
+
+export function createMcpServer(cfg: GiteaConfig): McpServer {
+	initConfig(cfg);
+	return server;
+}

.mokogitea/mcp/src/sse.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+//
+// SSE transport entry point for MokoGitea MCP server.
+// Run with: node dist/sse.js
+// Or: GITEA_URL=https://gitea.example.com GITEA_TOKEN=xxx node dist/sse.js
+//
+// Listens on PORT (default 3100) and serves SSE at /sse with POST at /message.
+
+import { createServer } from 'node:http';
+import { SSEServerTransport } from '@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/sse.js';
+import { createMcpServer } from './server.js';
+import { loadConfig } from './config.js';
+
+const PORT = parseInt(process.env.PORT ?? '3100', 10);
+
+async function main(): Promise<void> {
+	const config = await loadConfig();
+	const transports = new Map<string, SSEServerTransport>();
+
+	const httpServer = createServer(async (req, res) => {
+		// CORS headers for browser clients
+		res.setHeader('Access-Control-Allow-Origin', '*');
+		res.setHeader('Access-Control-Allow-Methods', 'GET, POST, OPTIONS');
+		res.setHeader('Access-Control-Allow-Headers', 'Content-Type, Authorization');
+
+		if (req.method === 'OPTIONS') {
+			res.writeHead(204);
+			res.end();
+			return;
+		}
+
+		// Health check
+		if (req.url === '/health') {
+			res.writeHead(200, { 'Content-Type': 'application/json' });
+			res.end(JSON.stringify({ status: 'ok', tools: 120 }));
+			return;
+		}
+
+		// SSE endpoint - client connects here
+		if (req.url === '/sse' && req.method === 'GET') {
+			const transport = new SSEServerTransport('/message', res);
+			const sessionId = transport.sessionId;
+			transports.set(sessionId, transport);
+
+			const server = createMcpServer(config);
+			await server.connect(transport);
+
+			req.on('close', () => {
+				transports.delete(sessionId);
+			});
+			return;
+		}
+
+		// Message endpoint - client sends tool calls here
+		if (req.url?.startsWith('/message') && req.method === 'POST') {
+			const url = new URL(req.url, `http://${req.headers.host}`);
+			const sessionId = url.searchParams.get('sessionId');
+			if (!sessionId || !transports.has(sessionId)) {
+				res.writeHead(400, { 'Content-Type': 'application/json' });
+				res.end(JSON.stringify({ error: 'Invalid or missing sessionId' }));
+				return;
+			}
+			const transport = transports.get(sessionId)!;
+			await transport.handlePostMessage(req, res);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		// Root - info page
+		if (req.url === '/' || req.url === '') {
+			res.writeHead(200, { 'Content-Type': 'application/json' });
+			res.end(JSON.stringify({
+				name: '@mokoconsulting/mokogitea-mcp',
+				version: '1.1.0',
+				description: 'MCP server for Gitea and MokoGitea - 120+ tools',
+				endpoints: {
+					sse: '/sse',
+					message: '/message',
+					health: '/health',
+				},
+				docs: 'https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/mcp_mokogitea_api',
+			}));
+			return;
+		}
+
+		res.writeHead(404);
+		res.end('Not found');
+	});
+
+	httpServer.listen(PORT, () => {
+		process.stderr.write(`MokoGitea MCP SSE server listening on port ${PORT}\n`);
+		process.stderr.write(`  SSE: http://localhost:${PORT}/sse\n`);
+		process.stderr.write(`  Health: http://localhost:${PORT}/health\n`);
+	});
+}
+
+main().catch((err) => {
+	process.stderr.write(`Fatal: ${err}\n`);
+	process.exit(1);
+});

.mokogitea/mcp/src/types.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+ *
+ * This file is part of a Moko Consulting project.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+ *
+ * FILE INFORMATION
+ * DEFGROUP: gitea-api-mcp.Types
+ * INGROUP: gitea-api-mcp
+ * REPO: https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/gitea-api-mcp
+ * PATH: /src/types.ts
+ * VERSION: 01.00.00
+ * BRIEF: TypeScript type definitions for Gitea API MCP server
+ */
+
+export interface GiteaConnection {
+	baseUrl: string;
+	token: string;
+	/** Skip TLS certificate verification (self-signed certs) */
+	insecure?: boolean;
+}
+
+export interface GitHubBackupConfig {
+	token: string;
+	org: string;
+}
+
+export interface GiteaConfig {
+	connections: Record<string, GiteaConnection>;
+	defaultConnection: string;
+	github?: GitHubBackupConfig;
+}
+
+export interface ApiResponse {
+	status: number;
+	data: unknown;
+}

.mokogitea/mcp/tsconfig.json

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+{
+	"compilerOptions": {
+		"target": "ES2022",
+		"module": "Node16",
+		"moduleResolution": "Node16",
+		"outDir": "./dist",
+		"rootDir": "./src",
+		"strict": true,
+		"esModuleInterop": true,
+		"skipLibCheck": true,
+		"forceConsistentCasingInFileNames": true,
+		"resolveJsonModule": true,
+		"declaration": true,
+		"declarationMap": true,
+		"sourceMap": true
+	},
+	"include": ["src/**/*"],
+	"exclude": ["node_modules", "dist"]
+}

.mokogitea/workflows/auto-release.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+#
+# FILE INFORMATION
+# DEFGROUP: Gitea.Workflow
+# INGROUP: moko-platform.Release
+# REPO: https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/mokoconsulting-tech/moko-platform
+# PATH: /templates/workflows/universal/auto-release.yml.template
+# VERSION: 05.00.00
+# BRIEF: Universal build & release � detects platform from manifest.xml
+#
+# +========================================================================+
+# |              UNIVERSAL BUILD & RELEASE PIPELINE                        |
+# +========================================================================+
+# |                                                                        |
+# |  Reads manifest.xml (joomla|dolibarr|generic) to branch logic.       |
+# |                                                                        |
+# |  Platform-specific:                                                    |
+# |    joomla:   XML manifest, type-prefixed packages                      |
+# |    dolibarr: mod*.class.php, update.txt, dev version reset             |
+# |    generic:  README-only, no update stream                             |
+# |                                                                        |
+# +========================================================================+
+
+name: "Universal: Build & Release"
+
+on:
+  pull_request:
+    types: [opened, closed]
+    branches:
+      - main
+  workflow_dispatch:
+    inputs:
+      action:
+        description: 'Action to perform'
+        required: false
+        type: choice
+        default: release
+        options:
+          - release
+          - promote-rc
+
+env:
+  FORCE_JAVASCRIPT_ACTIONS_TO_NODE24: true
+  GITEA_URL: ${{ vars.GITEA_URL || 'https://git.mokoconsulting.tech' }}
+  GITEA_ORG: ${{ vars.GITEA_ORG || github.repository_owner }}
+  GITEA_REPO: ${{ vars.GITEA_REPO || github.event.repository.name }}
+
+permissions:
+  contents: write
+
+jobs:
+  # ── PR Opened → Rename branch to RC and build RC release ─────────────────────
+  promote-rc:
+    name: Promote to RC
+    runs-on: release
+    if: >-
+      (github.event.action == 'opened' && github.event.pull_request.merged != true) ||
+      (github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.action == 'promote-rc')
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout repository
+        uses: actions/checkout@de0fac2e4500dabe0009e67214ff5f5447ce83dd # v6
+        with:
+          token: ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}
+          fetch-depth: 1
+
+      - name: Setup moko-platform tools
+        env:
+          MOKO_CLONE_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}
+          MOKO_CLONE_HOST: git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting
+        run: |
+          if [ -f /opt/moko-platform/cli/version_bump.php ] && [ -f /opt/moko-platform/vendor/autoload.php ]; then
+            echo Using pre-installed /opt/moko-platform
+            echo MOKO_CLI=/opt/moko-platform/cli >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          else
+            echo Falling back to fresh clone
+            if ! command -v composer > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+              sudo apt-get update -qq && sudo apt-get install -y -qq php-cli php-mbstring php-xml php-zip php-curl composer > /dev/null 2>&1
+            fi
+            rm -rf /tmp/moko-platform-api
+            CLONE_URL=https://x-access-token:${MOKO_CLONE_TOKEN}@${MOKO_CLONE_HOST}/moko-platform.git
+            git clone --depth 1 --branch main --quiet $CLONE_URL /tmp/moko-platform-api
+            cd /tmp/moko-platform-api
+            composer install --no-dev --no-interaction --quiet
+            echo MOKO_CLI=/tmp/moko-platform-api/cli >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          fi
+
+      - name: Rename branch to rc
+        run: |
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/branch_rename.php \
+            --from "${{ github.event.pull_request.head.ref || 'dev' }}" --to rc \
+            --token "${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}" \
+            --api-base "${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}" \
+            --pr "${{ github.event.pull_request.number }}"
+
+      - name: Checkout rc and configure git
+        run: |
+          git fetch origin rc
+          git checkout rc
+          git config --local user.email "gitea-actions[bot]@mokoconsulting.tech"
+          git config --local user.name "gitea-actions[bot]"
+          git remote set-url origin "https://x-access-token:${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}@git.mokoconsulting.tech/${{ github.repository }}.git"
+
+      - name: Publish RC release
+        run: |
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/release_publish.php \
+            --path . --stability rc --bump minor --branch rc \
+            --token "${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}"
+
+      - name: Summary
+        if: always()
+        run: |
+          echo "## Promoted to Release Candidate" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          echo "Branch renamed to rc, minor bump, RC release built" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+
+  # ── Merged PR → Build & Release (or promote RC to stable) ────────────────────
+  release:
+    name: Build & Release Pipeline
+    runs-on: release
+    if: >-
+      github.event.pull_request.merged == true ||
+      (github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.action != 'promote-rc')
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout repository
+        uses: actions/checkout@de0fac2e4500dabe0009e67214ff5f5447ce83dd # v6
+        with:
+          token: ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}
+          fetch-depth: 0
+
+      - name: Configure git for bot pushes
+        run: |
+          git config --local user.email "gitea-actions[bot]@mokoconsulting.tech"
+          git config --local user.name "gitea-actions[bot]"
+          git remote set-url origin "https://x-access-token:${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}@git.mokoconsulting.tech/${{ github.repository }}.git"
+
+      - name: Check for merge conflict markers
+        run: |
+          CONFLICTS=$(grep -rn '<<<<<<< \|>>>>>>> \|^=======$' --include='*.php' --include='*.xml' --include='*.css' --include='*.js' --include='*.json' --include='*.md' --include='*.yml' --include='*.yaml' --include='*.ini' --include='*.txt' . 2>/dev/null | grep -v '.git/' || true)
+          if [ -n "$CONFLICTS" ]; then
+            echo "::error::Merge conflict markers found — aborting release"
+            echo "## Release Blocked: Conflict Markers" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo '```' >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "$CONFLICTS" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo '```' >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            exit 1
+          fi
+          echo "No conflict markers found"
+
+      - name: Setup moko-platform tools
+        env:
+          MOKO_CLONE_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}
+          MOKO_CLONE_HOST: git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting
+          COMPOSER_AUTH: '{"github-oauth":{"github.com":"${{ secrets.GH_MIRROR_TOKEN }}"}}'
+        run: |
+          if [ -f /opt/moko-platform/cli/version_bump.php ] && [ -f /opt/moko-platform/vendor/autoload.php ]; then
+            echo Using pre-installed /opt/moko-platform
+            echo MOKO_CLI=/opt/moko-platform/cli >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          else
+            echo Falling back to fresh clone
+            if ! command -v composer > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+              sudo apt-get update -qq && sudo apt-get install -y -qq php-cli php-mbstring php-xml php-zip php-curl composer > /dev/null 2>&1
+            fi
+            rm -rf /tmp/moko-platform-api
+            CLONE_URL=https://x-access-token:${MOKO_CLONE_TOKEN}@${MOKO_CLONE_HOST}/moko-platform.git
+            git clone --depth 1 --branch main --quiet $CLONE_URL /tmp/moko-platform-api
+            cd /tmp/moko-platform-api
+            composer install --no-dev --no-interaction --quiet
+            echo MOKO_CLI=/tmp/moko-platform-api/cli >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          fi
+
+      - name: "Publish stable release"
+        run: |
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/release_publish.php \
+            --path . --stability stable --bump minor --branch main \
+            --token "${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}"
+
+      - name: Update release notes from CHANGELOG.md
+        run: |
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+
+          # Extract [Unreleased] section from changelog
+          if [ -f "CHANGELOG.md" ]; then
+            NOTES=$(awk '/^## \[Unreleased\]/{found=1; next} /^## \[/{if(found) exit} found{print}' CHANGELOG.md)
+            [ -z "$NOTES" ] && NOTES="Stable release"
+          else
+            NOTES="Stable release"
+          fi
+
+          # Update release body via API
+          RELEASE_ID=$(curl -sf -H "Authorization: token ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}" \
+            "${API_BASE}/releases/tags/stable" | python3 -c "import json,sys; print(json.load(sys.stdin).get('id',''))" 2>/dev/null || true)
+
+          if [ -n "$RELEASE_ID" ]; then
+            python3 -c "
+          import json, urllib.request
+          body = open('/dev/stdin').read()
+          payload = json.dumps({'body': body}).encode()
+          req = urllib.request.Request(
+              '${API_BASE}/releases/${RELEASE_ID}',
+              data=payload, method='PATCH',
+              headers={
+                  'Authorization': 'token ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}',
+                  'Content-Type': 'application/json'
+              })
+          urllib.request.urlopen(req)
+          " <<< "$NOTES"
+            echo "Release notes updated from CHANGELOG.md"
+          fi
+
+      # -- STEP 9: Mirror to GitHub (stable only) --------------------------------
+      - name: "Step 9: Mirror release to GitHub"
+        if: >-
+          steps.version.outputs.skip != 'true' &&
+          secrets.GH_MIRROR_TOKEN != ''
+        continue-on-error: true
+        run: |
+          VERSION="${{ steps.bump.outputs.version || steps.version.outputs.version }}"
+          RELEASE_TAG="${{ steps.version.outputs.release_tag }}"
+          GH_REPO="${{ vars.GH_MIRROR_REPO || github.repository }}"
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/release_mirror.php \
+            --version "$VERSION" --tag "$RELEASE_TAG" \
+            --token "${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}" --api-base "$API_BASE" \
+            --gh-token "${{ secrets.GH_MIRROR_TOKEN }}" --gh-repo "$GH_REPO" \
+            --branch main 2>&1 || true
+          echo "GitHub mirror updated" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+
+      # -- STEP 10: Sync main branch to GitHub mirror ----------------------------
+      - name: "Step 10: Push main to GitHub mirror"
+        if: >-
+          steps.version.outputs.skip != 'true' &&
+          secrets.GH_MIRROR_TOKEN != ''
+        continue-on-error: true
+        run: |
+          GH_REPO="${{ vars.GH_MIRROR_REPO || github.repository }}"
+          GH_ORG=$(echo "$GH_REPO" | cut -d/ -f1)
+          GH_NAME=$(echo "$GH_REPO" | cut -d/ -f2)
+          git remote add github "https://x-access-token:${{ secrets.GH_MIRROR_TOKEN }}@github.com/${GH_ORG}/${GH_NAME}.git" 2>/dev/null || \
+            git remote set-url github "https://x-access-token:${{ secrets.GH_MIRROR_TOKEN }}@github.com/${GH_ORG}/${GH_NAME}.git"
+          git fetch origin main --depth=1
+          git push github origin/main:refs/heads/main --force 2>/dev/null \
+            && echo "main branch pushed to GitHub mirror" \
+            || echo "WARNING: GitHub mirror push failed"
+
+      - name: "Step 11: Delete rc branch and recreate dev from main"
+        if: steps.version.outputs.skip != 'true'
+        continue-on-error: true
+        run: |
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+          TOKEN="${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}"
+
+          # Delete rc branch (ephemeral — created by promote-rc)
+          curl -sf -X DELETE -H "Authorization: token ${TOKEN}" \
+            "${API_BASE}/branches/rc" 2>/dev/null \
+            && echo "Deleted rc branch" || echo "rc branch not found"
+
+          # Delete dev branch
+          curl -sf -X DELETE -H "Authorization: token ${TOKEN}" \
+            "${API_BASE}/branches/dev" 2>/dev/null && echo "Deleted dev branch"
+
+          # Recreate dev from main (now includes version bump + changelog promotion)
+          curl -sf -X POST -H "Authorization: token ${TOKEN}" \
+            -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+            "${API_BASE}/branches" \
+            -d '{"new_branch_name":"dev","old_branch_name":"main"}' 2>/dev/null && echo "Recreated dev from main"
+
+          echo "Pre-release branches cleaned, dev reset from main" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+
+      - name: "Step 12: Create version branch from main"
+        if: steps.version.outputs.skip != 'true'
+        continue-on-error: true
+        run: |
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+          TOKEN="${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}"
+          VERSION="${{ steps.bump.outputs.version || steps.version.outputs.version }}"
+          BRANCH_NAME="version/${VERSION}"
+          MAIN_SHA=$(git rev-parse HEAD)
+
+          # Delete old version branch if it exists (same version re-release)
+          curl -sf -X DELETE -H "Authorization: token ${TOKEN}"             "${API_BASE}/branches/${BRANCH_NAME}" 2>/dev/null && echo "Deleted old ${BRANCH_NAME}"
+
+          # Create version/XX.YY.ZZ from main
+          curl -sf -X POST -H "Authorization: token ${TOKEN}"             -H "Content-Type: application/json"             "${API_BASE}/branches"             -d "{\"new_branch_name\":\"${BRANCH_NAME}\",\"old_branch_name\":\"main\"}" 2>/dev/null             && echo "Created ${BRANCH_NAME} from main (${MAIN_SHA})"             || echo "WARNING: ${BRANCH_NAME} creation failed"
+
+          echo "Version branch created: ${BRANCH_NAME} (${MAIN_SHA})" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+
+
+
+      # -- Dolibarr post-release: Reset dev version -----------------------------
+      - name: "Post-release: Reset dev version"
+        if: steps.version.outputs.skip != 'true'
+        continue-on-error: true
+        run: |
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/version_reset_dev.php \
+            --token "${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}" --api-base "${API_BASE}" \
+            --branch dev --path . 2>&1 || true
+
+      # -- Summary --------------------------------------------------------------
+      - name: Pipeline Summary
+        if: always()
+        run: |
+          VERSION="${{ steps.bump.outputs.version || steps.version.outputs.version }}"
+          PLATFORM="${{ steps.platform.outputs.platform }}"
+          if [ "${{ steps.version.outputs.skip }}" = "true" ]; then
+            echo "## Release Skipped" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "No VERSION in README.md" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          elif [ "${{ steps.check.outputs.already_released }}" = "true" ]; then
+            echo "## Already Released — ${VERSION}" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          else
+            echo "" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "## Build & Release Complete (${PLATFORM})" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "| Step | Result |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "|------|--------|" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "| Platform | \`${PLATFORM}\` |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "| Version | \`${VERSION}\` |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "| Branch | \`${{ steps.version.outputs.branch }}\` |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "| Tag | \`${{ steps.version.outputs.tag }}\` |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "| Release | [View](${GITEA_URL}/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}/releases/tag/${{ steps.version.outputs.tag }}) |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          fi

.mokogitea/workflows/issue-branch.yml

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 # FILE INFORMATION
 # DEFGROUP: Gitea.Workflow
 # INGROUP: moko-platform.Automation
-# VERSION: 05.14.00
+# VERSION: 05.47.00
 # BRIEF: Auto-create feature branch when an issue is opened
 
 name: "Universal: Issue Branch"

.mokogitea/workflows/npm-publish.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+name: Publish MCP to npm
+on:
+  push:
+    branches: [main]
+    paths:
+      - '.mokogitea/mcp/**'
+
+jobs:
+  publish:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
+
+      - uses: actions/setup-node@v4
+        with:
+          node-version: '20'
+          registry-url: 'https://registry.npmjs.org'
+
+      - name: Install and build
+        working-directory: .mokogitea/mcp
+        run: |
+          npm ci
+          npx tsc
+
+      - name: Check version change
+        id: version
+        working-directory: .mokogitea/mcp
+        run: |
+          LOCAL_VERSION=$(node -p "require('./package.json').version")
+          NPM_VERSION=$(npm view @mokoconsulting/mokogitea-mcp version 2>/dev/null || echo "0.0.0")
+          if [ "$LOCAL_VERSION" != "$NPM_VERSION" ]; then
+            echo "changed=true" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
+            echo "Version changed: $NPM_VERSION -> $LOCAL_VERSION"
+          else
+            echo "changed=false" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
+            echo "Version unchanged: $LOCAL_VERSION"
+          fi
+
+      - name: Publish to npm
+        if: steps.version.outputs.changed == 'true'
+        working-directory: .mokogitea/mcp
+        run: npm publish --access public
+        env:
+          NODE_AUTH_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.NPM_TOKEN }}
+
+      - name: Publish to Gitea registry
+        if: steps.version.outputs.changed == 'true'
+        working-directory: .mokogitea/mcp
+        run: |
+          npm publish --registry ${{ github.server_url }}/api/packages/${{ github.repository_owner }}/npm/ \
+            --//$(echo "${{ github.server_url }}" | sed 's|https://||')/api/packages/${{ github.repository_owner }}/npm/:_authToken=${{ secrets.GITEA_TOKEN }}

.mokogitea/workflows/pr-check.yml

@@ -105,6 +105,19 @@ jobs:
       - name: Checkout
         uses: actions/checkout@v4
 
+      - name: Check for merge conflict markers
+        run: |
+          CONFLICTS=$(grep -rn '<<<<<<< \|>>>>>>> \|^=======$' --include='*.php' --include='*.xml' --include='*.css' --include='*.js' --include='*.json' --include='*.md' --include='*.yml' --include='*.yaml' --include='*.ini' --include='*.txt' . 2>/dev/null | grep -v '.git/' || true)
+          if [ -n "$CONFLICTS" ]; then
+            echo "::error::Merge conflict markers found in source files"
+            echo "## Conflict Markers Found" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo '```' >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "$CONFLICTS" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo '```' >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            exit 1
+          fi
+          echo "No conflict markers found"
+
       - name: Detect platform
         id: platform
         run: |
@@ -134,6 +147,98 @@ jobs:
           echo "PHP lint: ${ERRORS} error(s)"
           [ "$ERRORS" -eq 0 ] || { echo "::error::PHP syntax errors found"; exit 1; }
 
+      - name: Joomla JEXEC guard check
+        if: steps.platform.outputs.platform == 'joomla'
+        run: |
+          ERRORS=0
+          while IFS= read -r -d '' file; do
+            # Skip vendor, node_modules, and index.html stub files
+            case "$file" in ./vendor/*|./node_modules/*) continue ;; esac
+            # Check first 10 lines for JEXEC or JPATH guard
+            if ! head -20 "$file" | grep -qE "defined\s*\(\s*['\"](_JEXEC|JPATH_BASE|\\\\JPATH_PLATFORM)['\"]"; then
+              echo "::error file=${file}::Missing JEXEC guard: ${file}"
+              ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+            fi
+          done < <(find . -name "*.php" -path "*/src/*" -not -path "./.git/*" -not -path "./vendor/*" -print0)
+          if [ "$ERRORS" -gt 0 ]; then
+            echo "::error::${ERRORS} PHP file(s) missing defined('_JEXEC') or die guard"
+            echo "## JEXEC Guard Check: Failed" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "${ERRORS} file(s) in src/ are missing the Joomla execution guard." >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            exit 1
+          fi
+          echo "JEXEC guard: OK"
+
+      - name: Joomla directory listing protection
+        if: steps.platform.outputs.platform == 'joomla'
+        run: |
+          MISSING=0
+          SOURCE_DIR="src"
+          [ ! -d "$SOURCE_DIR" ] && exit 0
+          while IFS= read -r dir; do
+            if [ ! -f "${dir}/index.html" ]; then
+              echo "::warning::Missing index.html in ${dir} (directory listing protection)"
+              MISSING=$((MISSING + 1))
+            fi
+          done < <(find "$SOURCE_DIR" -type d -not -path "./.git/*" -not -path "*/vendor/*" -not -path "*/node_modules/*")
+          if [ "$MISSING" -gt 0 ]; then
+            echo "## Directory Protection" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+            echo "${MISSING} director(ies) missing index.html" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          fi
+          echo "Directory protection: ${MISSING} missing (advisory)"
+
+      - name: Joomla script file and asset checks
+        if: steps.platform.outputs.platform == 'joomla'
+        run: |
+          ERRORS=0
+          MANIFEST=$(find . -maxdepth 3 -name "*.xml" ! -path "./.git/*" -exec grep -l '<extension' {} \; 2>/dev/null | head -1)
+          [ -z "$MANIFEST" ] && exit 0
+          MANIFEST_DIR=$(dirname "$MANIFEST")
+
+          # Check scriptfile exists if declared
+          SCRIPTFILE=$(sed -n 's/.*<scriptfile>\([^<]*\)<\/scriptfile>.*/\1/p' "$MANIFEST" 2>/dev/null)
+          if [ -n "$SCRIPTFILE" ]; then
+            if [ ! -f "${MANIFEST_DIR}/${SCRIPTFILE}" ]; then
+              echo "::error::Manifest declares <scriptfile>${SCRIPTFILE}</scriptfile> but file not found at ${MANIFEST_DIR}/${SCRIPTFILE}"
+              ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+            else
+              echo "Script file: ${MANIFEST_DIR}/${SCRIPTFILE} (OK)"
+            fi
+          fi
+
+          # Require joomla.asset.json and validate it
+          ASSET_JSON=$(find "$MANIFEST_DIR" -name "joomla.asset.json" -not -path "./.git/*" 2>/dev/null | head -1)
+          if [ -z "$ASSET_JSON" ]; then
+            echo "::error::joomla.asset.json not found — Joomla asset system is required"
+            ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+          else
+            if command -v php &> /dev/null; then
+              php -r "json_decode(file_get_contents('$ASSET_JSON')); if(json_last_error()!==JSON_ERROR_NONE){echo json_last_error_msg();exit(1);}" 2>&1 || {
+                echo "::error::joomla.asset.json is not valid JSON"
+                ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+              }
+            fi
+            echo "joomla.asset.json: valid"
+          fi
+
+          # Validate all XML files in src/ are well-formed
+          XML_ERRORS=0
+          if command -v php &> /dev/null; then
+            while IFS= read -r -d '' xmlfile; do
+              if ! php -r "libxml_use_internal_errors(true); \$x = simplexml_load_file('$xmlfile'); if(!\$x){foreach(libxml_get_errors() as \$e) echo trim(\$e->message) . ' in $xmlfile'; exit(1);}" 2>&1; then
+                XML_ERRORS=$((XML_ERRORS + 1))
+              fi
+            done < <(find "$MANIFEST_DIR" -name "*.xml" -not -path "./.git/*" -print0)
+          fi
+          if [ "$XML_ERRORS" -gt 0 ]; then
+            echo "::error::${XML_ERRORS} XML file(s) are malformed"
+            ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+          else
+            echo "XML well-formedness: OK"
+          fi
+
+          [ "$ERRORS" -gt 0 ] && exit 1
+          echo "Joomla asset checks: OK"
+
       - name: Validate platform manifest
         run: |
           PLATFORM="${{ steps.platform.outputs.platform }}"
@@ -151,6 +256,13 @@ jobs:
               for ELEMENT in name version description; do
                 grep -q "<${ELEMENT}>" "$MANIFEST" || { echo "::error::Missing <${ELEMENT}> in manifest"; exit 1; }
               done
+              # Block legacy raw/branch update server URLs on MokoGitea
+              RAW_URLS=$(grep -n 'raw/branch' "$MANIFEST" | grep -i 'mokoconsulting\|mokogitea\|git\.mokoconsulting\.tech' || true)
+              if [ -n "$RAW_URLS" ]; then
+                echo "::error::Manifest contains legacy raw/branch update server URL on MokoGitea. Use the Gitea Pages URL instead (e.g. /{REPO}/updates.xml not /{REPO}/raw/branch/main/updates.xml)"
+                echo "$RAW_URLS"
+                exit 1
+              fi
               echo "Joomla manifest valid"
               ;;
             dolibarr)
@@ -183,6 +295,138 @@ jobs:
               ;;
           esac
 
+      - name: Validate Joomla language files
+        if: steps.platform.outputs.platform == 'joomla'
+        run: |
+          ERRORS=0
+          WARNINGS=0
+
+          # Require both en-GB and en-US language directories
+          LANG_ROOT=$(find . -path "*/language" -type d -not -path "./.git/*" 2>/dev/null | head -1)
+          if [ -z "$LANG_ROOT" ]; then
+            echo "No language/ directory found — skipping"
+            exit 0
+          fi
+
+          if [ ! -d "$LANG_ROOT/en-GB" ]; then
+            echo "::error::Missing en-GB language directory (${LANG_ROOT}/en-GB)"
+            ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+          fi
+          if [ ! -d "$LANG_ROOT/en-US" ]; then
+            echo "::error::Missing en-US language directory (${LANG_ROOT}/en-US)"
+            ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+          fi
+
+          # Check that en-GB and en-US have matching .ini files
+          if [ -d "$LANG_ROOT/en-GB" ] && [ -d "$LANG_ROOT/en-US" ]; then
+            for GB_INI in "$LANG_ROOT/en-GB"/*.ini; do
+              [ ! -f "$GB_INI" ] && continue
+              US_INI="$LANG_ROOT/en-US/$(basename "$GB_INI")"
+              if [ ! -f "$US_INI" ]; then
+                echo "::error::$(basename "$GB_INI") exists in en-GB but missing from en-US"
+                ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+              fi
+            done
+            for US_INI in "$LANG_ROOT/en-US"/*.ini; do
+              [ ! -f "$US_INI" ] && continue
+              GB_INI="$LANG_ROOT/en-GB/$(basename "$US_INI")"
+              if [ ! -f "$GB_INI" ]; then
+                echo "::error::$(basename "$US_INI") exists in en-US but missing from en-GB"
+                ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+              fi
+            done
+          fi
+
+          # Find all .ini language files
+          INI_FILES=$(find . -path "*/language/*/*.ini" -not -path "./.git/*" 2>/dev/null)
+          if [ -z "$INI_FILES" ]; then
+            echo "No .ini language files found"
+            [ "$ERRORS" -gt 0 ] && exit 1
+            exit 0
+          fi
+
+          echo "Found $(echo "$INI_FILES" | wc -l) language file(s)"
+
+          for FILE in $INI_FILES; do
+            FNAME=$(basename "$FILE")
+            LINENUM=0
+            SEEN_KEYS=""
+
+            while IFS= read -r line || [ -n "$line" ]; do
+              LINENUM=$((LINENUM + 1))
+
+              # Skip empty lines and comments
+              [ -z "$line" ] && continue
+              echo "$line" | grep -qE '^\s*;' && continue
+              echo "$line" | grep -qE '^\s*$' && continue
+
+              # Must match KEY="VALUE" format
+              if ! echo "$line" | grep -qE '^[A-Z_][A-Z0-9_]*=".*"$'; then
+                echo "::error file=${FILE},line=${LINENUM}::Malformed line: ${line}"
+                ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+                continue
+              fi
+
+              # Extract key and check for duplicates
+              KEY=$(echo "$line" | sed 's/=.*//')
+              if echo "$SEEN_KEYS" | grep -qx "$KEY"; then
+                echo "::error file=${FILE},line=${LINENUM}::Duplicate key: ${KEY}"
+                ERRORS=$((ERRORS + 1))
+              fi
+              SEEN_KEYS="${SEEN_KEYS}
+          ${KEY}"
+            done < "$FILE"
+
+            echo "  ${FILE}: checked ${LINENUM} lines"
+          done
+
+          # Cross-check en-GB vs en-US key consistency
+          GB_DIR=$(find . -path "*/language/en-GB" -type d -not -path "./.git/*" 2>/dev/null | head -1)
+          US_DIR=$(find . -path "*/language/en-US" -type d -not -path "./.git/*" 2>/dev/null | head -1)
+
+          if [ -n "$GB_DIR" ] && [ -n "$US_DIR" ]; then
+            for GB_FILE in "$GB_DIR"/*.ini; do
+              [ ! -f "$GB_FILE" ] && continue
+              FNAME=$(basename "$GB_FILE")
+              US_FILE="$US_DIR/$FNAME"
+              [ ! -f "$US_FILE" ] && continue
+
+              GB_KEYS=$(grep -oP '^[A-Z_][A-Z0-9_]*(?==)' "$GB_FILE" 2>/dev/null | sort)
+              US_KEYS=$(grep -oP '^[A-Z_][A-Z0-9_]*(?==)' "$US_FILE" 2>/dev/null | sort)
+
+              # Keys in en-GB but not en-US
+              MISSING_US=$(comm -23 <(echo "$GB_KEYS") <(echo "$US_KEYS"))
+              if [ -n "$MISSING_US" ]; then
+                echo "::warning::Keys in en-GB/$FNAME but missing from en-US/$FNAME:"
+                echo "$MISSING_US" | while read -r k; do echo "  - $k"; done
+                WARNINGS=$((WARNINGS + 1))
+              fi
+
+              # Keys in en-US but not en-GB
+              MISSING_GB=$(comm -13 <(echo "$GB_KEYS") <(echo "$US_KEYS"))
+              if [ -n "$MISSING_GB" ]; then
+                echo "::warning::Keys in en-US/$FNAME but missing from en-GB/$FNAME:"
+                echo "$MISSING_GB" | while read -r k; do echo "  - $k"; done
+                WARNINGS=$((WARNINGS + 1))
+              fi
+            done
+          fi
+
+          {
+            echo "### Language File Validation"
+            echo "| Metric | Count |"
+            echo "|---|---|"
+            echo "| Files checked | $(echo "$INI_FILES" | wc -l) |"
+            echo "| Errors | ${ERRORS} |"
+            echo "| Warnings | ${WARNINGS} |"
+          } >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+
+          if [ "$ERRORS" -gt 0 ]; then
+            echo "::error::Language validation failed with ${ERRORS} error(s)"
+            exit 1
+          fi
+          echo "Language files: OK (${WARNINGS} warning(s))"
+
       - name: Check changelog has unreleased entry
         run: |
           if [ ! -f "CHANGELOG.md" ]; then

.mokogitea/workflows/pre-release.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+#
+# FILE INFORMATION
+# DEFGROUP: Gitea.Workflow
+# INGROUP: moko-platform.Release
+# REPO: https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/moko-platform
+# PATH: /templates/workflows/universal/pre-release.yml.template
+# VERSION: 05.01.00
+# BRIEF: Manual pre-release -- builds dev/alpha/beta/rc packages from any branch
+
+name: "Universal: Pre-Release"
+
+on:
+  pull_request:
+    types: [closed]
+    branches:
+      - dev
+  pull_request_target:
+    types: [synchronize, opened, reopened]
+    branches:
+      - main
+  workflow_dispatch:
+    inputs:
+      stability:
+        description: 'Pre-release channel'
+        required: true
+        type: choice
+        options:
+          - development
+          - alpha
+          - beta
+          - release-candidate
+
+permissions:
+  contents: write
+
+env:
+  GITEA_URL: ${{ vars.GITEA_URL || 'https://git.mokoconsulting.tech' }}
+  GITEA_ORG: ${{ vars.GITEA_ORG || github.repository_owner }}
+  GITEA_REPO: ${{ vars.GITEA_REPO || github.event.repository.name }}
+
+jobs:
+  build:
+    name: "Build Pre-Release (${{ inputs.stability || 'development' }})"
+    runs-on: release
+    if: >-
+      github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' ||
+      (github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.event.pull_request.merged == true && github.event.pull_request.base.ref == 'dev') ||
+      (github.event_name == 'pull_request_target' && github.event.pull_request.base.ref == 'main')
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout
+        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        with:
+          fetch-depth: 0
+          token: ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}
+          ref: ${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request_target' && github.event.pull_request.head.sha || '' }}
+
+      - name: Setup moko-platform tools
+        env:
+          MOKO_CLONE_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}
+          MOKO_CLONE_HOST: git.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting
+        run: |
+          # Use pre-installed /opt/moko-platform if available (updated by cron every 6h)
+          if [ -f /opt/moko-platform/cli/version_bump.php ] && [ -f /opt/moko-platform/cli/manifest_element.php ] && [ -f /opt/moko-platform/vendor/autoload.php ]; then
+            echo Using pre-installed /opt/moko-platform
+            echo MOKO_CLI=/opt/moko-platform/cli >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          else
+            echo Falling back to fresh clone
+            if ! command -v composer > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+              sudo apt-get update -qq && sudo apt-get install -y -qq php-cli php-mbstring php-xml php-zip php-curl composer > /dev/null 2>&1
+            fi
+            rm -rf /tmp/moko-platform-api
+            CLONE_URL=https://x-access-token:${MOKO_CLONE_TOKEN}@${MOKO_CLONE_HOST}/moko-platform.git
+            git clone --depth 1 --branch main --quiet $CLONE_URL /tmp/moko-platform-api
+            cd /tmp/moko-platform-api && composer install --no-dev --no-interaction --quiet
+            echo MOKO_CLI=/tmp/moko-platform-api/cli >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          fi
+
+      - name: Detect platform
+        id: platform
+        run: |
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/manifest_read.php --path . --github-output
+
+      - name: Resolve metadata and bump version
+        id: meta
+        run: |
+          # Auto-detect stability: RC for PRs targeting main, else use input or default to development
+          if [ "${{ github.event_name }}" = "pull_request_target" ] && [ "${{ github.event.pull_request.base.ref }}" = "main" ]; then
+            STABILITY="release-candidate"
+          else
+            STABILITY="${{ inputs.stability || 'development' }}"
+          fi
+
+          case "$STABILITY" in
+            development)        SUFFIX="-dev";   TAG="development" ;;
+            alpha)              SUFFIX="-alpha"; TAG="alpha" ;;
+            beta)               SUFFIX="-beta";  TAG="beta" ;;
+            release-candidate)  SUFFIX="-rc";    TAG="release-candidate" ;;
+          esac
+
+          # Bump version via CLI: patch for dev/alpha/beta, minor for RC
+          case "$STABILITY" in
+            release-candidate) BUMP="minor" ;;
+            *)                 BUMP="patch" ;;
+          esac
+
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/version_bump.php --path . $([ "$BUMP" = "minor" ] && echo "--minor") 2>/dev/null || true
+
+          # Set stability suffix and verify consistency
+          VERSION=$(php ${MOKO_CLI}/version_read.php --path . 2>/dev/null || echo "00.00.01")
+          VERSION=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/-\(dev\|alpha\|beta\|rc\)$//')
+
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/version_set_platform.php \
+            --path . --version "$VERSION" --branch "${{ github.ref_name }}" --stability "$STABILITY" 2>/dev/null || true
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/version_check.php --path . --fix 2>/dev/null || true
+
+          # Ensure licensing tags (updateservers, dlid) if enabled in manifest.xml
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/manifest_licensing.php --path . --fix 2>/dev/null || true
+
+          # Append suffix for output
+          if [ -n "$SUFFIX" ]; then
+            VERSION="${VERSION}${SUFFIX}"
+          fi
+
+          # Commit version bump
+          git config --local user.email "gitea-actions[bot]@mokoconsulting.tech"
+          git config --local user.name "gitea-actions[bot]"
+          git remote set-url origin "https://x-access-token:${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}@git.mokoconsulting.tech/${{ github.repository }}.git"
+          git add -A
+          git diff --cached --quiet || {
+            git commit -m "chore(version): pre-release bump to ${VERSION} [skip ci]"
+            git push origin HEAD 2>&1
+          }
+
+          # Auto-detect element via manifest_element.php
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/manifest_element.php \
+            --path . --version "$VERSION" --stability "$STABILITY" \
+            --repo "${GITEA_REPO}" --github-output
+
+          # Read back element outputs
+          EXT_ELEMENT=$(grep '^ext_element=' "$GITHUB_OUTPUT" | tail -1 | cut -d= -f2)
+          ZIP_NAME=$(grep '^zip_name=' "$GITHUB_OUTPUT" | tail -1 | cut -d= -f2)
+          [ -z "$EXT_ELEMENT" ] && EXT_ELEMENT=$(echo "${GITEA_REPO}" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]' | tr -d ' -')
+          [ -z "$ZIP_NAME" ] && ZIP_NAME="${EXT_ELEMENT}-${VERSION}.zip"
+
+          echo "version=${VERSION}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+          echo "stability=${STABILITY}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+          echo "suffix=${SUFFIX}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+          echo "tag=${TAG}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+          echo "zip_name=${ZIP_NAME}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+          echo "ext_element=${EXT_ELEMENT}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+
+          echo "=== Pre-Release: ${EXT_ELEMENT} ${VERSION}${SUFFIX} ==="
+
+      - name: Create release
+        id: release
+        run: |
+          TAG="${{ steps.meta.outputs.tag }}"
+          VERSION="${{ steps.meta.outputs.version }}"
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/release_create.php \
+            --path . --version "$VERSION" --tag "$TAG" \
+            --token "${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}" --api-base "$API_BASE" \
+            --repo "${GITEA_REPO}" --branch dev --prerelease
+
+      - name: Update release notes from CHANGELOG.md
+        run: |
+          TAG="${{ steps.meta.outputs.tag }}"
+          VERSION="${{ steps.meta.outputs.version }}"
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+
+          # Extract [Unreleased] section from changelog (everything between [Unreleased] and next ## heading)
+          if [ -f "CHANGELOG.md" ]; then
+            NOTES=$(awk '/^## \[Unreleased\]/{found=1; next} /^## \[/{if(found) exit} found{print}' CHANGELOG.md)
+            [ -z "$NOTES" ] && NOTES="Release ${VERSION}"
+          else
+            NOTES="Release ${VERSION}"
+          fi
+
+          # Update release body via API
+          RELEASE_ID=$(curl -sf -H "Authorization: token ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}" \
+            "${API_BASE}/releases/tags/${TAG}" | python3 -c "import json,sys; print(json.load(sys.stdin).get('id',''))" 2>/dev/null || true)
+
+          if [ -n "$RELEASE_ID" ]; then
+            python3 -c "
+          import json, urllib.request
+          body = open('/dev/stdin').read()
+          payload = json.dumps({'body': body}).encode()
+          req = urllib.request.Request(
+              '${API_BASE}/releases/${RELEASE_ID}',
+              data=payload, method='PATCH',
+              headers={
+                  'Authorization': 'token ${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}',
+                  'Content-Type': 'application/json'
+              })
+          urllib.request.urlopen(req)
+          " <<< "$NOTES"
+            echo "Release notes updated from CHANGELOG.md"
+          fi
+
+      - name: Build package and upload
+        id: package
+        run: |
+          VERSION="${{ steps.meta.outputs.version }}"
+          TAG="${{ steps.meta.outputs.tag }}"
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/release_package.php \
+            --path . --version "$VERSION" --tag "$TAG" \
+            --token "${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}" --api-base "$API_BASE" \
+            --repo "${GITEA_REPO}" --output /tmp || true
+
+      # updates.xml is generated dynamically by MokoGitea license server
+      # No need to build, commit, or sync updates.xml from workflows
+
+      - name: "Delete lesser pre-release channels (cascade)"
+        continue-on-error: true
+        run: |
+          API_BASE="${GITEA_URL}/api/v1/repos/${GITEA_ORG}/${GITEA_REPO}"
+          TOKEN="${{ secrets.MOKOGITEA_TOKEN }}"
+
+          php ${MOKO_CLI}/release_cascade.php \
+            --stability "${{ steps.meta.outputs.stability }}" \
+            --token "${TOKEN}" \
+            --api-base "${API_BASE}"
+
+      - name: Summary
+        if: always()
+        run: |
+          VERSION="${{ steps.meta.outputs.version }}"
+          STABILITY="${{ steps.meta.outputs.stability }}"
+          ZIP_NAME="${{ steps.meta.outputs.zip_name }}"
+          SHA256="${{ steps.package.outputs.sha256_zip }}"
+          echo "## Pre-Release Complete" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          echo "" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          echo "| Field | Value |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          echo "|-------|-------|" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          echo "| Version | \`${VERSION}\` |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          echo "| Channel | ${STABILITY} |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          echo "| Package | \`${ZIP_NAME}\` |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY
+          echo "| SHA-256 | \`${SHA256:-n/a}\` |" >> $GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY

.mokogitea/workflows/repo-health.yml

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 # REPO: https://git.mokoconsulting.tech/mokoconsulting-tech/moko-platform
 # PATH: /templates/workflows/joomla/repo_health.yml.template
 # VERSION: 09.23.00
-# BRIEF: Enforces repository guardrails by validating release configuration, scripts governance, tooling availability, and core repository health artifacts.
+# BRIEF: Enforces repository guardrails by validating scripts governance, tooling availability, and core repository health artifacts.
 # ============================================================================
 
 name: "Generic: Repo Health"
@@ -24,13 +24,12 @@ on:
   workflow_dispatch:
     inputs:
       profile:
-        description: 'Validation profile: all, release, scripts, or repo'
+        description: 'Validation profile: all, scripts, or repo'
         required: true
         default: all
         type: choice
         options:
           - all
-          - release
           - scripts
           - repo
   pull_request:
@@ -40,10 +39,6 @@ permissions:
   contents: read
 
 env:
-  # Release policy - Repository Variables Only
-  RELEASE_REQUIRED_REPO_VARS: RS_FTP_PATH_SUFFIX
-  RELEASE_OPTIONAL_REPO_VARS: DEV_FTP_SUFFIX
-
   # Scripts governance policy
   SCRIPTS_REQUIRED_DIRS:
   SCRIPTS_ALLOWED_DIRS: scripts,scripts/fix,scripts/lib,scripts/release,scripts/run,scripts/validate
@@ -138,101 +133,6 @@ jobs:
           printf '%s\n' 'ERROR: Access denied. Admin permission required.' >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
           exit 1
 
-  release_config:
-    name: Release configuration
-    needs: access_check
-    if: ${{ needs.access_check.outputs.allowed == 'true' }}
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 20
-    permissions:
-      contents: read
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@de0fac2e4500dabe0009e67214ff5f5447ce83dd # v6
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 0
-
-      - name: Guardrails release vars
-        env:
-          PROFILE_RAW: ${{ github.event.inputs.profile }}
-          RS_FTP_PATH_SUFFIX: ${{ vars.RS_FTP_PATH_SUFFIX }}
-          DEV_FTP_SUFFIX: ${{ vars.DEV_FTP_SUFFIX }}
-        run: |
-          set -euo pipefail
-
-          profile="${PROFILE_RAW:-all}"
-          case "${profile}" in
-            all|release|scripts|repo) ;;
-            *)
-              printf '%s\n' "ERROR: Unknown profile: ${profile}" >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
-              exit 1
-              ;;
-          esac
-
-          if [ "${profile}" = 'scripts' ] || [ "${profile}" = 'repo' ]; then
-            {
-              printf '%s\n' '### Release configuration (Repository Variables)'
-              printf '%s\n' "Profile: ${profile}"
-              printf '%s\n' 'Status: SKIPPED'
-              printf '%s\n' 'Reason: profile excludes release validation'
-              printf '\n'
-            } >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
-            exit 0
-          fi
-
-          IFS=',' read -r -a required <<< "${RELEASE_REQUIRED_REPO_VARS}"
-          IFS=',' read -r -a optional <<< "${RELEASE_OPTIONAL_REPO_VARS}"
-
-          missing=()
-          missing_optional=()
-
-          for k in "${required[@]}"; do
-            v="${!k:-}"
-            [ -z "${v}" ] && missing+=("${k}")
-          done
-
-          for k in "${optional[@]}"; do
-            v="${!k:-}"
-            [ -z "${v}" ] && missing_optional+=("${k}")
-          done
-
-          {
-            printf '%s\n' '### Release configuration (Repository Variables)'
-            printf '%s\n' "Profile: ${profile}"
-            printf '%s\n' '| Variable | Status |'
-            printf '%s\n' '|---|---|'
-            printf '%s\n' "| RS_FTP_PATH_SUFFIX | ${RS_FTP_PATH_SUFFIX:-NOT SET} |"
-            printf '%s\n' "| DEV_FTP_SUFFIX | ${DEV_FTP_SUFFIX:-NOT SET} |"
-            printf '\n'
-          } >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
-
-          if [ "${#missing_optional[@]}" -gt 0 ]; then
-            {
-              printf '%s\n' '### Missing optional repository variables'
-              for m in "${missing_optional[@]}"; do printf '%s\n' "- ${m}"; done
-              printf '\n'
-            } >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
-          fi
-
-          if [ "${#missing[@]}" -gt 0 ]; then
-            {
-              printf '%s\n' '### Missing required repository variables'
-              for m in "${missing[@]}"; do printf '%s\n' "- ${m}"; done
-              printf '%s\n' 'ERROR: Guardrails failed. Missing required repository variables.'
-            } >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
-            exit 1
-          fi
-
-          {
-            printf '%s\n' '### Repository variables validation result'
-            printf '%s\n' 'Status: OK'
-            printf '%s\n' 'All required repository variables present.'
-            printf '%s\n' ''
-            printf '%s\n' '**Note**: Organization secrets (RS_FTP_HOST, RS_FTP_USER, etc.) are validated at deployment time, not in repository health checks.'
-            printf '\n'
-          } >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
-
   scripts_governance:
     name: Scripts governance
     needs: access_check
@@ -256,14 +156,14 @@ jobs:
 
           profile="${PROFILE_RAW:-all}"
           case "${profile}" in
-            all|release|scripts|repo) ;;
+            all|scripts|repo) ;;
             *)
               printf '%s\n' "ERROR: Unknown profile: ${profile}" >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
               exit 1
               ;;
           esac
 
-          if [ "${profile}" = 'release' ] || [ "${profile}" = 'repo' ]; then
+          if [ "${profile}" = 'repo' ]; then
             {
               printf '%s\n' '### Scripts governance'
               printf '%s\n' "Profile: ${profile}"
@@ -370,14 +270,14 @@ jobs:
 
           profile="${PROFILE_RAW:-all}"
           case "${profile}" in
-            all|release|scripts|repo) ;;
+            all|scripts|repo) ;;
             *)
               printf '%s\n' "ERROR: Unknown profile: ${profile}" >> "${GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY}"
               exit 1
               ;;
           esac
 
-          if [ "${profile}" = 'release' ] || [ "${profile}" = 'scripts' ]; then
+          if [ "${profile}" = 'scripts' ]; then
             {
               printf '%s\n' '### Repository health'
               printf '%s\n' "Profile: ${profile}"
@@ -704,7 +604,7 @@ jobs:
             printf '%s\n' '| Domain | Status | Notes |'
             printf '%s\n' '|---|---|---|'
             printf '%s\n' '| Access control | OK | Admin-only execution gate |'
-            printf '%s\n' '| Release variables | OK | Repository variables validation |'
+            printf '%s\n' '| Release policy | N/A | Releases handled by MokoGitea |'
             printf '%s\n' '| Scripts governance | OK | Directory policy and advisory reporting |'
             printf '%s\n' '| Repo required artifacts | OK | Required, optional, disallowed enforcement |'
             printf '%s\n' '| Repo content heuristics | OK | Brand, license, changelog structure |'
@@ -773,11 +673,10 @@ jobs:
   report-issues:
     name: "Report Issues"
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: [access_check, release_config, scripts_governance, repo_health]
+    needs: [access_check, scripts_governance, repo_health]
     if: >-
       always() &&
-      (needs.release_config.result == 'failure' ||
-       needs.scripts_governance.result == 'failure' ||
+      (needs.scripts_governance.result == 'failure' ||
        needs.repo_health.result == 'failure')
 
     steps:
@@ -803,10 +702,6 @@ jobs:
             fi
           }
 
-          report_gate "Release Configuration" \
-            "${{ needs.release_config.result }}" \
-            "Required repository variables are missing (RS_FTP_PATH_SUFFIX). Check repository settings."
-
           report_gate "Scripts Governance" \
             "${{ needs.scripts_governance.result }}" \
             "Scripts directory policy violations detected. Review required and allowed directories."
@@ -814,4 +709,3 @@ jobs:
           report_gate "Repository Health" \
             "${{ needs.repo_health.result }}" \
             "Repository health checks failed — missing required artifacts, disallowed files, or content warnings. Check the CI run summary."
-

AGENTS.md

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-- Use `make help` to find available development targets
-- Run `make fmt` to format `.go` files, and run `make lint-go` to lint them
-- Run `make lint-js` to lint `.ts` files
-- Run `make tidy` after any `go.mod` changes
-- Run single go tests with `go test -run '^TestName$' ./modulepath/`
-- Run single js test files with `pnpm exec vitest <path-filter>`
-- Run single playwright e2e test files with `GITEA_TEST_E2E_FLAGS='<filepath>' make test-e2e`
-- Add the current year into the copyright header of new `.go` files
-- Ensure no trailing whitespace in edited files
-- Use Conventional Commits format for commit messages and PR titles (e.g. `type(scope): subject`)
-- Never force-push, amend, or squash unless asked. Use new commits and normal push for pull request updates
-- Preserve existing code comments, do not remove or rewrite comments that are still relevant
-- In TypeScript, use `!` (non-null assertion) instead of `?.`/`??` when a value is known to always exist
-- For CSS layout, prefer `flex-*` helpers over per-child `tw-ml-*` / `tw-mr-*` margins; fall back to `tw-*` utilities when specificity requires `!important`
-- Include authorship attribution in issue and pull request comments
-- Add `Co-Authored-By` lines to all commits, indicating name and model used

CHANGELOG.md

@@ -1,72 +1,157 @@
 # Changelog
 
-This changelog goes through the changes that have been made in each release
-without substantial changes to our git log; to see the highlights of what has
-been added to each release, please refer to the [blog](https://blog.gitea.com).
-## [v1.26.1-moko.06.02.00] - 2026-06-02
+All notable changes to MokoGitea are documented here. Versions follow the format
+`v{upstream}-moko.{major}.{minor}` (e.g. `v1.26.1-moko.06.03`).
+
+## [v1.26.1-moko.06.10] - 2026-06-06
+
+* FEATURES
+  * feat(issues): first-class Type field with 12 auto-seeded defaults (Bug, Feature, Enhancement, Task, Documentation, Security, Roadmap, Client, Dolibarr, Infrastructure, Joomla, WaaS)
+  * feat(issues): first-class Status field with 13 auto-seeded defaults including 7 Pending states
+  * feat(issues): first-class Priority field with 4 auto-seeded defaults (Critical, High, Medium, Low)
+  * feat(issues): Type/Status/Priority colored badges in issue list view
+  * feat(issues): status dropdown replaces close/reopen button in comment form
+  * feat(security): built-in security scanning platform with secret scanner (15 patterns)
+  * feat(security): Security tab in repo navigation with alerts, scan controls
+  * feat(wiki): hierarchical folder navigation with sidebar tree and breadcrumbs
+  * feat(ui): well-known file tabs (README/LICENSE/CONTRIBUTING/SECURITY/CHANGELOG)
+  * feat(settings): repo manifest settings with REST API and auto-sync on push
+  * feat(mcp): public MCP server published to npm (@mokoconsulting/mokogitea-mcp)
+  * feat(mcp): SSE transport, env var config, Docker support, 120+ tools
+  * feat(mcp): issue dedup on create, type_id/status_id/priority_id params
+
+* MIGRATIONS
+  * All org labels migrated to first-class Type/Status/Priority fields and deleted
+  * Type custom field (id=9) migrated to type_id and deleted
+  * Status custom field (id=1) deleted (replaced by first-class field)
+  * Priority labels migrated to priority_id
+  * Pending labels migrated to status definitions
+  * Scope labels migrated to type definitions
+  * Manifests populated for all 61 repos via API
+
+* FIXES
+  * fix(ui): dashboard issue count badges use label spans instead of strong tags
+  * fix(wiki): directory check before raw redirect for folder navigation
+  * fix(wiki): proper display names in sidebar tree (strip dash markers)
+  * fix: replace non-ASCII em dashes with hyphens for hook compatibility
+  * fix: hookify __init__.py for stop hook JSON validation
+
+* INFRASTRUCTURE
+  * npm: @mokoconsulting/mokogitea-mcp@1.1.0 and @mokoconsulting/mokowaas-mcp@1.0.0
+  * MCP servers consolidated under moko-platform/mcp/servers/
+  * Remote MCP repos renamed to hyphens
+  * Wiki restructured into features/, api/, operations/ folders
+  * Swagger API docs enabled at /api/swagger
+
+## [v1.26.1-moko.06.04] - 2026-06-06
 
 * FEATURES
   * feat(licenses): full commercial license management system
     * Package archiving with soft-delete and collapsible archived section
     * Search keys by customer, domain, key number, email, or payment ref
     * Download gating (none/prerelease/all modes)
-    * Feed visibility (public/no-download/hidden modes)
     * Domain lock grace period (DomainLockHours)
+    * Domain restriction on packages and keys (comma-separated allowed domains)
     * RepoScope enforcement — packages scoped to specific repos
-    * Joomla changelog XML endpoint (/changelog.xml)
-    * WordPress PUC-compatible update feed (/updates/wordpress.json)
-    * SHA256 checksums from sidecar files in Joomla updates.xml
-    * Joomla-standard tag values (dev/alpha/beta/rc/stable)
+    * Configurable license key prefix per organization
+    * Master key auto-generates, sorts first in key list
+    * License package creation at repo level via modal
+    * Key generation modal with licensee name, email, and domain fields
+    * Manual release-to-stream mapping with UI selector
     * Double confirmation modals for permanent deletion
     * Combolist channel picker (replaces checkboxes)
     * Extension metadata in repo settings (per-repo override)
     * API: package CRUD, key revoke, key renew, settings GET/PUT
     * API: purchase webhook with PaymentRef idempotency
     * API: public validation endpoint (no auth)
-    * Migration v340: all new columns synced
-  * feat(updates): infourl defaults to release listing page
-  * feat(updates): downloadkey prefix matches Akeeba pattern (dlid=)
-  * fix(licenses): expanded delete permissions to org owners + site admins
-  * fix(licenses): no-download mode shows release notes but hides files
-  * fix(licenses): releases require login in hidden feed visibility mode
+    * Migration v340-v344: all new columns synced
+  * feat(updates): Update Server system (renamed from "Licensing")
+    * Joomla XML with SHA256, changelog URL, version from asset filename
+    * Dolibarr JSON with channel filtering
+    * WordPress PUC-compatible JSON (plugin-update-checker)
+    * Composer packages.json
+    * PrestaShop module update XML
+    * Drupal update status XML
+    * WHMCS module update JSON
+    * Feed always public — downloads gated separately
+    * Stream-name tags supported alongside version tags
+    * Omit `<client>` for package extension types
+    * `<downloadkey>` only when download_gating is prerelease or all
+    * Version extracted from asset filename (matches actual download)
+    * Joomla tag values verified: dev, alpha, beta, rc, stable
+  * feat(orgs): enterprise sub-org hierarchy with parent-child relationships
+  * feat(repos): three-level visibility — Public (200), Private (403), Hidden (404)
+  * feat(settings): Update Server settings page with enable toggle in Advanced Settings
+  * feat(settings): advanced settings on dedicated page with dividing headers
+  * feat(settings): icons on all settings navbars (repo, org, user, admin)
+  * feat(ui): styled 403 Access Denied page with inline login form
+  * feat(issues): custom fields with inline editing in issue sidebar
+  * feat(issues): pre-fill custom fields from issue template YAML frontmatter (#493)
+    * Templates specify `custom_fields:` map (field name → default value)
+    * New issue sidebar shows org-level fields with template defaults pre-selected
+    * API create issue accepts `custom_fields` map by name
+  * feat(updateserver): resolve extension metadata from org-level custom fields (#492)
+    * Cascading fallback: custom fields → config table → repo-derived defaults
+    * All six generators updated (Joomla, WordPress, Composer, Drupal, PrestaShop, WHMCS)
+    * Repos can be migrated to custom fields gradually
+  * feat(ui): two-in-one Update Server / Licenses tab
+    * No gating: shows "Update Server" tab with feed URLs only
+    * Gated: shows "Licenses" tab with full key management
+    * `<downloadkey>` only appears when downloads are gated
+* SECURITY
+  * fix(security): ownership guards on all API handlers (cross-org prevention)
+  * fix(security): RepoScope JSON parsing (substring matching bug)
+  * fix(security): CSRF tokens in delete confirmation modals
+  * fix(security): XSS escaping in WordPress changelog HTML
+  * fix(security): require login for licenses and actions pages
+  * fix(security): 403 for all users on private repos (not 404)
+  * fix(security): licensed private repos allow release viewing for signed-in users
+  * fix(security): anonymous download access respects download_gating setting
+* FIXES
+  * fix(licenses): explicit xorm column names for UpdateStreamConfig fields
+  * fix(licenses): feed always public when licensing enabled
+  * fix(settings): prevent double-highlight on Advanced Settings nav item
+  * fix(settings): redirect back to /settings/advanced after save
+  * fix(build): remove stale custom field API routes and dead code
+  * fix(build): replace invalid UTF-8 character in API comment
+  * fix(build): permanent fixes for AI migration, feed/file.go, unused imports
+  * fix(updateserver): version extracted from asset filename (not release title)
+  * fix(updateserver): omit `<client>` for package types per Joomla spec
+  * fix(updateserver): `<downloadkey>` only shown when downloads are gated
+  * fix(updateserver): prevent stream name tag from overriding asset-derived version
+  * fix(build): restore build/ directory after accidental deletion
+  * fix(licenses): master key banner removed, master keys sort first in table
+  * fix(issues): issue sidebar loads org-level fields instead of legacy repo-level fields
 
-## [v1.26.1-moko.05.15.00] - 2026-05-31
+## [v1.26.1-moko.05] - 2026-05-31
 
 * BREAKING CHANGES
   * Deprecated Issue.Ref branch selector UI (#307)
     * Removed branch/tag selector from issue sidebar and new issue form
-    * Removed ref badge from issue lists
-    * Removed POST /ref web route and UpdateIssueRef handler
     * DB column and commit-close logic preserved for backward compatibility
-    * API create/edit still accept `ref` field (no-op) for backward compat
 * FEATURES
-  * feat(ui): add generic combo-multiselect component (#361)
+  * feat(ui): generic combo-multiselect component (#361)
     * Reusable dropdown with search, checkable items, and selected-items display
-    * Template: `shared/combolist.tmpl` — accepts Items, Name, Title, SelectedValues
-    * Decoupled from issue sidebar — works in any form context
+    * Template: `shared/combolist.tmpl`
   * feat(updates): extension metadata settings for update feed generation
   * feat(licenses): platform enforcement, key deletion, expired key cleanup
-  * feat(licenses): store keys in plaintext, show full key with copy button
+  * feat(actions): rebrand actions bot user to mokogitea-actions (#233, #234)
+    * Backward-compatible: recognizes github-actions[bot], gitea-actions[bot]
+  * feat(actions): actions bot user in branch protection whitelist (#233, #234)
+    * WhitelistActionsUser, MergeWhitelistActionsUser, ForcePushAllowlistActionsUser
 * TECH DEBT
-  * chore: full namespace migration from git.mokoconsulting.tech to code.mokoconsulting.tech (#336, #337, #344)
-    * Go module path, all imports, template URLs, workflow configs (2,276 files)
+  * chore: full namespace migration to code.mokoconsulting.tech (#336, #337, #344)
   * fix(blame): set HasSourceRenderedToggle for renderable files (#344)
-  * fix(settings): translate team permission strings via data-locale attributes (#344)
+  * fix(settings): translate team permission strings via data-locale (#344)
   * fix(dropzone): use relative path for non-image attachment markdown links (#344)
   * fix(templates): add required validation to issue dropdown fields (#350)
-  * refactor(ts): remove redundant `handled` field from MarkdownHandleIndentionResult (#350)
-  * refactor(go): rename HasOrgOrUserVisible to IsOwnerVisibleToDoer (#350)
   * refactor(go): replace ValuesRepository with maps.Values (Go 1.21+) (#357)
-  * refactor(go): remove CanEnableEditor wrapper, use CanContentChange directly (#357)
-  * fix(ts): parseIssueHref now uses URL pathname and trims appSubUrl (#360)
-  * fix(actions): enforce MaxJobNumPerRun (256) limit when creating jobs (#360)
+  * refactor(go): remove CanEnableEditor wrapper (#357)
+  * fix(ts): parseIssueHref uses URL pathname and trims appSubUrl (#360)
+  * fix(actions): enforce MaxJobNumPerRun (256) limit (#360)
   * fix(css): use calc(infinity * 1px) for --border-radius-full (#361)
-  * fix(css): remove legacy .center class from 2015, replace with tw-text-center (#361)
-  * chore: remove stale TODO from OAuth2 regenerate secret (already implemented) (#332)
-  * chore: remove stale pull request test stub TODOs (#328)
-  * chore: remove stale GetProjectsMode TODO
-  * chore: remove stale mustNotBeArchived/mustEnableEditor FIXME from API
-  * fix(routes): remove dead legacy /cherry-pick/{sha} route (replaced by /_cherrypick/)
+  * fix(css): remove legacy .center class, replace with tw-text-center (#361)
+  * fix(routes): remove dead legacy /cherry-pick/{sha} route
   * fix(feed): use full ref name instead of ShortName for file feed revision
 * BUGFIXES
   * fix(build): use slices.Collect for maps.Values (Go 1.23+ compat)
@@ -74,25 +159,10 @@ been added to each release, please refer to the [blog](https://blog.gitea.com).
   * fix(licenses): only show licenses tab when licensing is enabled
   * fix(licenses): show feed URLs based on repo update platform setting
   * fix(updates): correct dlid prefix and align XML with Joomla standard
-
-## [v1.26.1-moko.05.06.00] - 2026-05-30
-
-* FEATURES
-  * feat(actions): rebrand actions bot user to mokogitea-actions (#233, #234)
-    * Name: gitea-actions → mokogitea-actions, FullName: MokoGitea Actions
-    * Email: mokogitea-actions[bot]@mokoconsulting.tech
-    * Backward-compatible: recognizes github-actions[bot], gitea-actions[bot], mokogitea-actions[bot]
-  * feat(actions): add actions bot user to branch protection whitelist (#233, #234)
-    * New toggles: WhitelistActionsUser, MergeWhitelistActionsUser, ForcePushAllowlistActionsUser
-    * Allows CI/CD workflows to push/merge/force-push to protected branches when enabled
-    * DB migration v334 adds the three boolean columns
-    * Exposed in API (create/edit branch protection) and web UI settings
 * INFRASTRUCTURE
   * fix(ci): auto-deploy to production on merge to main (#235)
-    * Deploy workflow now triggers on push to main, not just manual dispatch
-    * Version derived from git describe for auto-deploys
 
-## [v1.26.1-moko.04.00.00] - 2026-05-24
+## [v1.26.1-moko.04] - 2026-05-24
 
 * SECURITY
   * Backport 12 upstream v1.26.2 security fixes:
@@ -101,47 +171,38 @@ been added to each release, please refer to the [blog](https://blog.gitea.com).
     * OAuth PKCE hardening and refresh token replay protection (#142)
     * Wiki git write and LFS token access enforcement (#143)
     * Public-only token filtering in API queries (#144)
-    * Reading permission fix (#145)
     * Artifact signature payload hardening (#146)
     * AWS credentials encryption (#161)
     * Mermaid v11.15.0 security update (#162)
     * Composer package permission check (#164)
 * BUGFIXES
   * fix(actions): nil pointer dereference in concurrency during PR creation (#136)
-  * fix(ui): actions runs list broken row layout — CSS class mismatch (#138)
-  * fix: scheduled action panic with null event payload (upstream #37459)
-  * fix: treat email addresses case-insensitively (upstream #37600)
+  * fix(ui): actions runs list broken row layout (#138)
+  * fix: scheduled action panic with null event payload
+  * fix: treat email addresses case-insensitively
   * fix: .mod lexer panic — removed invalid AMPL mapping
-  * fix: remove unused setting import in action.go
-  * fix: restore Permission field access in context middleware
 * FEATURES
-  * Joomla-style updates.xml with channel selection (stable/dev/security/rc)
-  * Update checker reads from updates.xml with configurable CHANNEL setting
-  * Admin dashboard shows update banner with channel name and docker pull command
-  * Upstream bug sync workflow — daily automated issue creation from release/v1.26
+  * Joomla-style updates.xml with channel selection
+  * Update checker with configurable CHANNEL setting
+  * Admin dashboard update banner with docker pull command
+  * Upstream bug sync workflow — daily automated issue creation
   * PR RC release workflow — auto-build RC on PR to main
 * INFRASTRUCTURE
   * New 3-part versioning: v{upstream}-moko.{major}.{minor}.{patch}
-  * Branding updates: error pages, home page, settings link to MokoGitea
+  * Branding updates: error pages, home page, settings link
   * Deploy workflow updated for new version format
 * PROCESS
   * Created `type: bug` and `upstream` labels for automated issue tracking
-  * Deduplicated 19 duplicate feature request issues
   * Closed 24 upstream bug/security issues after backporting
 
-## [MokoGitea Unreleased]
+## [v1.26.1-moko.03] - 2026-05-15
 
 * FEATURES
-  * feat(api): Bulk issue operations — add/remove/replace labels, close/reopen, set milestone, and set assignees across multiple issues in a single request (#21)
-    * `POST /api/v1/repos/{owner}/{repo}/issues/bulk/labels`
-    * `POST /api/v1/repos/{owner}/{repo}/issues/bulk/state`
-    * `POST /api/v1/repos/{owner}/{repo}/issues/bulk/milestone`
-    * `POST /api/v1/repos/{owner}/{repo}/issues/bulk/assignees`
-    * Partial-failure support: returns per-issue success/failure map
+  * feat(api): Bulk issue operations — add/remove/replace labels, close/reopen, set milestone, assignees (#21)
 * INFRASTRUCTURE
-  * Grafana: Standardized kiosk header across all 14 playlist dashboards — each now shows dashboard name, kiosk link, terminal/exit/switch instructions
+  * Grafana: Standardized kiosk header across all 14 playlist dashboards
 * PROCESS
-  * Reopened 9 closed issues lacking documented testing proof (#3, #5, #38, #41, #70, #74, #75, #76, #78)
+  * Reopened 9 closed issues lacking documented testing proof
   * Created `pending: testing` label for features awaiting verification
   * Established policy: issues must not be closed without documented testing proof
 
@@ -166,403 +227,3 @@ been added to each release, please refer to the [blog](https://blog.gitea.com).
   * Fix org team assignee/reviewer lookups for team member permissions (#37365) #37391
   * Fix repo init README EOL (#37388) #37399
   * Fix: dump with default zip type produces uncompressed zip (#37401)#37402
-
-## [1.26.0](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/releases/tag/v1.26.0) - 2026-04-17
-
-* BREAKING
-  * Correct swagger annotations for enums, status codes, and notification state (#37030)
-  * Remove GET API registration-token (#36801)
-  * Support Actions `concurrency` syntax (#32751)
-  * Make PUBLIC_URL_DETECTION default to "auto" (#36955)
-* SECURITY
-  * Bound PageSize in `ListUnadoptedRepositories` (#36884)
-* FEATURES
-  * Support Actions `concurrency` syntax (#32751)
-  * Add terraform state registry (#36710)
-  * Instance-wide (global) info banner and maintenance mode (#36571)
-  * Support rendering OpenAPI spec (#36449)
-  * Add keyboard shortcuts for repository file and code search (#36416)
-  * Add support for archive-upload rpc (#36391)
-  * Add ability to download subpath archive (#36371)
-  * Add workflow dependencies visualization (#26062) (#36248) & Restyle Workflow Graph (#36912)
-  * Automatic generation of release notes (#35977)
-  * Add "Go to file", "Delete Directory" to repo file list page (#35911)
-  * Introduce "config edit-ini" sub command to help maintaining INI config file (#35735)
-  * Add button to re-run failed jobs in Actions (#36924)
-  * Support actions and reusable workflows from private repos (#32562)
-  * Add summary to action runs view (#36883)
-  * Add user badges (#36752)
-  * Add configurable permissions for Actions automatic tokens (#36173)
-  * Add per-runner "Disable/Pause"  (#36776)
-  * Feature non-zipped actions artifacts (action v7 / nodejs / npm v6.2.0) (#36786)
-* PERFORMANCE
-  * WorkflowDispatch API optionally return runid (#36706)
-  * Add render cache for SVG icons (#36863)
-  * Load `mentionValues` asynchronously (#36739)
-  * Lazy-load some Vue components, fix heatmap chunk loading on every page (#36719)
-  * Load heatmap data asynchronously (#36622)
-  * Use prev/next pagination for user profile activities page to speed up (#36642)
-  * Refactor cat-file batch operations and support `--batch-command` approach (#35775)
-  * Use merge tree to detect conflicts when possible (#36400)
-* ENHANCEMENTS
-  * Implement logout redirection for reverse proxy auth setups (#36085) (#37171)
-  * Adds option to force update new branch in contents routes (#35592)
-  * Add viewer controller for mermaid (zoom, drag) (#36557)
-  * Add code editor setting dropdowns (#36534)
-  * Add `elk` layout support to mermaid (#36486)
-  * Add resolve/unresolve review comment API endpoints (#36441)
-  * Allow configuring default PR base branch (fixes #36412) (#36425)
-  * Add support for RPM Errata (updateinfo.xml) (#37125)
-  * Require additional user confirmation for making repo private (#36959)
-  * Add `actions.WORKFLOW_DIRS` setting (#36619)
-  * Avoid opening new tab when downloading actions logs (#36740)
-  * Implements OIDC RP-Initiated Logout (#36724)
-  * Show workflow link (#37070)
-  * Desaturate dark theme background colors (#37056)
-  * Refactor "org teams" page and help new users to "add member" to an org (#37051)
-  * Add webhook name field to improve webhook identification (#37025) (#37040)
-  * Make task list checkboxes clickable in the preview tab (#37010)
-  * Improve severity labels in Actions logs and tweak colors (#36993)
-  * Linkify URLs in Actions workflow logs (#36986)
-  * Allow text selection on checkbox labels (#36970)
-  * Support dark/light theme images in markdown (#36922)
-  * Enable native dark mode for swagger-ui (#36899)
-  * Rework checkbox styling, remove `input` border hover effect (#36870)
-  * Refactor storage content-type handling of ServeDirectURL (#36804)
-  * Use "Enable Gravatar" but not "Disable" (#36771)
-  * Use case-insensitive matching for Git error "Not a valid object name" (#36728)
-  * Add "Copy Source" to markup comment menu (#36726)
-  * Change image transparency grid to CSS (#36711)
-  * Add "Run" prefix for unnamed action steps (#36624)
-  * Persist actions log time display settings in `localStorage` (#36623)
-  * Use first commit title for multi-commit PRs and fix auto-focus title field (#36606)
-  * Improve BuildCaseInsensitiveLike with lowercase (#36598)
-  * Improve diff highlighting (#36583)
-  * Exclude cancelled runs from failure-only email notifications (#36569)
-  * Use full-file highlighting for diff sections (#36561)
-  * Color command/error logs in Actions log (#36538)
-  * Add paging headers (#36521)
-  * Improve timeline entries for WIP prefix changes in pull requests (#36518)
-  * Add FOLDER_ICON_THEME configuration option (#36496)
-  * Normalize guessed languages for code highlighting (#36450)
-  * Add chunked transfer encoding support for LFS uploads (#36380)
-  * Indicate when only optional checks failed (#36367)
-  * Add 'allow_maintainer_edit' API option for creating a pull request (#36283)
-  * Support closing keywords with URL references (#36221)
-  * Improve diff file headers (#36215)
-  * Fix and enhance comment editor monospace toggle (#36181)
-  * Add git.DIFF_RENAME_SIMILARITY_THRESHOLD option (#36164)
-  * Add matching pair insertion to markdown textarea (#36121)
-  * Add sorting/filtering to admin user search API endpoint (#36112)
-  * Allow action user have read permission in public repo like other user (#36095)
-  * Disable matchBrackets in monaco (#36089)
-  * Use GitHub-style commit message for squash merge (#35987)
-  * Make composer registry support tar.gz and tar.bz2 and fix bugs (#35958)
-  * Add GITEA_PR_INDEX env variable to githooks (#35938)
-  * Add proper error message if session provider can not be created (#35520)
-  * Add button to copy file name in PR files (#35509)
-  * Move `X_FRAME_OPTIONS` setting from `cors` to `security` section (#30256)
-  * Add placeholder content for empty content page (#37114)
-  * Add `DEFAULT_DELETE_BRANCH_AFTER_MERGE` setting (#36917)
-  * Redirect to the only OAuth2 provider when no other login methods and fix various problems (#36901)
-  * Add admin badge to navbar avatar (#36790)
-  * Add `never` option to `PUBLIC_URL_DETECTION` configuration (#36785)
-  * Add background and run count to actions list page (#36707)
-  * Add icon to buttons "Close with Comment", "Close Pull Request", "Close Issue" (#36654)
-  * Add support for in_progress event in workflow_run webhook (#36979)
-  * Report commit status for pull_request_review events (#36589)
-  * Render merged pull request title as such in dashboard feed (#36479)
-  * Feature to be able to filter project boards by milestones (#36321)
-  * Use user id in noreply emails (#36550)
-  * Enable pagination on GiteaDownloader.getIssueReactions() (#36549)
-  * Remove striped tables in UI (#36509)
-  * Improve control char rendering and escape button styling (#37094)
-  * Support legacy run/job index-based URLs and refactor migration 326 (#37008)
-  * Add date to "No Contributions" tooltip (#36190)
-  * Show edit page confirmation dialog on tree view file change (#36130)
-  * Mention proc-receive in text for dashboard.resync_all_hooks func (#35991)
-  * Reuse selectable style for wiki (#35990)
-  * Support blue yellow colorblind theme (#35910)
-  * Support selecting theme on the footer (#35741)
-  * Improve online runner check (#35722)
-  * Add quick approve button on PR page (#35678)
-  * Enable commenting on expanded lines in PR diffs (#35662)
-  * Print PR-Title into tooltip for actions (#35579)
-  * Use explicit, stronger defaults for newly generated repo signing keys for Debian (#36236)
-  * Improve the compare page (#36261)
-  * Unify repo names in system notices (#36491)
-  * Move package settings to package instead of being tied to version (#37026)
-  * Add Actions API rerun endpoints for runs and jobs (#36768)
-  * Add branch_count to repository API (#35351) (#36743)
-  * Add created_by filter to SearchIssues (#36670)
-  * Allow admins to rename non-local users (#35970)
-  * Support updating branch via API (#35951)
-  * Add an option to automatically verify SSH keys from LDAP (#35927)
-  * Make "update file" API can create a new file when SHA is not set (#35738)
-  * Update issue.go with labels documentation (labels content, not ids) (#35522)
-  * Expose content_version for optimistic locking on issue and PR edits (#37035)
-  * Pass ServeHeaderOptions by value instead of pointer, fine tune httplib tests (#36982)
-* BUGFIXES
-  * Frontend iframe renderer framework: 3D models, OpenAPI (#37233) (#37273)
-  * Fix CODEOWNERS absolute path matching. (#37244) (#37264)
-  * Swift registry metadata: preserve more JSON fields and accept empty metadata (#37254) (#37261)
-  * Fix user ssh key exporting and tests (#37256) (#37258)
-  * Fix team member avatar size and add tooltip (#37253)
-  * Fix commit title rendering in action run and blame (#37243) (#37251)
-  * Fix corrupted JSON caused by goccy library (#37214) (#37220)
-  * Add test for "fetch redirect", add CSS value validation for external render (#37207) (#37216)
-  * Fix incorrect concurrency check (#37205) (#37215)
-  * Fix handle missing base branch in PR commits API (#37193) (#37203)
-  * Fix encoding for Matrix Webhooks (#37190) (#37201)
-  * Fix handle fork-only commits in compare API (#37185) (#37199)
-  * Indicate form field readonly via background, fix RunUser config (#37175, #37180) (#37178)
-  * Report structurally invalid workflows to users (#37116) (#37164)
-  * Fix API not persisting pull request unit config when has_pull_requests is not set (#36718)
-  * Rename CSS variables and improve colorblind themes (#36353)
-  * Hide `add-matcher` and `remove-matcher` from actions job logs (#36520)
-  * Prevent navigation keys from triggering actions during IME composition (#36540)
-  * Fix vertical alignment of `.commit-sign-badge` children (#36570)
-  * Fix duplicate startup warnings in admin panel (#36641)
-  * Fix CODEOWNERS review request attribution using comment metadata (#36348)
-  * Fix HTML tags appearing in wiki table of contents (#36284)
-  * Fix various bugs (#37096)
-  * Fix various legacy problems (#37092)
-  * Fix RPM Registry 404 when package name contains 'package' (#37087)
-  * Merge some standalone Vite entries into index.js (#37085)
-  * Fix various problems (#37077)
-  * Fix issue label deletion with Actions tokens (#37013)
-  * Hide delete branch or tag buttons in mirror or archived repositories. (#37006)
-  * Fix org contact email not clearable once set (#36975)
-  * Fix a bug when forking a repository in an organization (#36950)
-  * Preserve sort order of exclusive labels from template repo (#36931)
-  * Make container registry support Apple Container (basic auth) (#36920)
-  * Fix the wrong push commits in the pull request when force push (#36914)
-  * Add class "list-header-filters" to the div for projects (#36889)
-  * Fix dbfs error handling (#36844)
-  * Fix incorrect viewed files counter if reverted change was viewed (#36819)
-  * Refactor avatar package, support default avatar fallback (#36788)
-  * Fix README symlink resolution in subdirectories like .github (#36775)
-  * Fix CSS stacking context issue in actions log (#36749)
-  * Add gpg signing for merge rebase and update by rebase (#36701)
-  * Delete non-exist branch should return 404 (#36694)
-  * Fix `TestActionsCollaborativeOwner` (#36657)
-  * Fix multi-arch Docker build SIGILL by splitting frontend stage (#36646)
-  * Fix linguist-detectable attribute being ignored for configuration files (#36640)
-  * Fix state desync in ComboMarkdownEditor (#36625)
-  * Unify DEFAULT_SHOW_FULL_NAME output in templates and dropdown (#36597)
-  * Pull Request Pusher should be the author of the merge (#36581)
-  * Fix various version parsing problems (#36553)
-  * Fix highlight diff result (#36539)
-  * Fix mirror sync parser and fix mirror messages (#36504)
-  * Fix bug when list pull request commits (#36485)
-  * Fix various bugs (#36446)
-  * Fix issue filter menu layout (#36426)
-  * Restrict branch naming when new change matches with protection rules (#36405)
-  * Fix link/origin referrer and login redirect (#36279)
-  * Generate IDs for HTML headings without id attribute (#36233)
-  * Use a migration test instead of a wrong test which populated the meta test repositories and fix a migration bug (#36160)
-  * Fix issue close timeline icon (#36138)
-  * Fix diff blob excerpt expansion (#35922)
-  * Fix external render (#35727)
-  * Fix review request webhook bug (#35339) (#35723)
-  * Fix shutdown waitgroup panic (#35676)
-  * Cleanup ActionRun creation (#35624)
-  * Fix possible bug when migrating issues/pull requests (#33487)
-  * Various fixes (#36697)
-  * Apply notify/register mail flags during install load (#37120)
-  * Repair duration display for bad stopped timestamps (#37121)
-  * Fix(upgrade.sh): use HTTPS for GPG key import and restore SELinux context after upgrade (#36930)
-  * Fix various trivial problems (#36921)
-  * Fix various trivial problems (#36953)
-  * Fix NuGet package upload error handling (#37074)
-  * Fix CodeQL code scanning alerts (#36858)
-  * Refactor issue sidebar and fix various problems (#37045)
-  * Fix various problems (#37029)
-  * Fix relative-time RangeError (#37021)
-  * Fix chroma lexer mapping (#36629)
-  * Fix typos and grammar in English locale (#36751)
-  * Fix milestone/project text overflow in issue sidebar (#36741)
-  * Fix `no-content` message not rendering after comment edit (#36733)
-  * Fix theme loading in development (#36605)
-  * Fix workflow run jobs API returning null steps (#36603)
-  * Fix timeline event layout overflow with long content (#36595)
-  * Fix minor UI issues in runner edit page (#36590)
-  * Fix incorrect vendored detections (#36508)
-  * Fix editorconfig not respected in PR Conversation view (#36492)
-  * Don't create self-references in merged PRs (#36490)
-  * Fix potential incorrect runID in run status update (#36437)
-  * Fix file-tree ui error when adding files to repo without commits (#36312)
-  * Improve image captcha contrast for dark mode (#36265)
-  * Fix panic in blame view when a file has only a single commit (#36230)
-  * Fix spelling error in migrate-storage cmd utility (#36226)
-  * Fix code highlighting on blame page (#36157)
-  * Fix nilnil in onedev downloader (#36154)
-  * Fix actions lint (#36029)
-  * Fix oauth2 session gob register (#36017)
-  * Fix Arch repo pacman.conf snippet (#35825)
-  * Fix a number of `strictNullChecks`-related issues (#35795)
-  * Fix URLJoin, markup render link reoslving, sign-in/up/linkaccount page common data (#36861)
-  * Hide delete directory button for mirror or archive repository and disable the menu item if user have no permission (#36384)
-  * Update message severity colors, fix navbar double border (#37019)
-  * Inline and lazy-load EasyMDE CSS, fix border colors (#36714)
-  * Closed milestones with no issues now show as 100% completed (#36220)
-  * Add test for ExtendCommentTreePathLength migration and fix bugs (#35791)
-  * Only turn links to current instance into hash links (#36237)
-  * Fix typos in code comments: doesnt, dont, wont (#36890)
-* REFACTOR
-  * Clean up and improve non-gitea js error filter (#37148) (#37155)
-  * Always show owner/repo name in compare page dropdowns (#37172) (#37200)
-  * Remove dead CSS rules (#37173) (#37177)
-  * Replace Monaco with CodeMirror (#36764)
-  * Replace CSRF cookie with `CrossOriginProtection` (#36183)
-  * Replace index with id in actions routes (#36842)
-  * Remove unnecessary function parameter (#35765)
-  * Move jobparser from act repository to Gitea (#36699)
-  * Refactor compare router param parse (#36105)
-  * Optimize 'refreshAccesses' to perform update without removing then adding (#35702)
-  * Clean up checkbox cursor styles (#37016)
-  * Remove undocumented support of signing key in the repository git configuration file (#36143)
-  * Switch `cmd/` to use constructor functions. (#36962)
-  * Use `relative-time` to render absolute dates (#36238)
-  * Some refactors about GetMergeBase (#36186)
-  * Some small refactors (#36163)
-  * Use gitRepo as parameter instead of repopath when invoking sign functions (#36162)
-  * Move blame to gitrepo (#36161)
-  * Move some functions to gitrepo package to reduce RepoPath reference directly (#36126)
-  * Use gitrepo's clone and push when possible (#36093)
-  * Remove mermaid margin workaround (#35732)
-  * Move some functions to gitrepo package (#35543)
-  * Move GetDiverging functions to gitrepo (#35524)
-  * Use global lock instead of status pool for cron lock (#35507)
-  * Use explicit mux instead of DefaultServeMux (#36276)
-  * Use gitrepo's push function (#36245)
-  * Pass request context to generateAdditionalHeadersForIssue (#36274)
-  * Move assign project when creating pull request to the same database transaction (#36244)
-  * Move catfile batch to a sub package of git module (#36232)
-  * Use gitrepo.Repository instead of wikipath (#35398)
-  * Use experimental go json v2 library (#35392)
-  * Refactor template render (#36438)
-  * Refactor GetRepoRawDiffForFile to avoid unnecessary pipe or goroutine (#36434)
-  * Refactor text utility classes to Tailwind CSS (#36703)
-  * Refactor git command stdio pipe (#36422)
-  * Refactor git command context & pipeline (#36406)
-  * Refactor git command stdio pipe (#36393)
-  * Remove unused functions (#36672)
-  * Refactor Actions Token Access (#35688)
-  * Move commit related functions to gitrepo package (#35600)
-  * Move archive function to repo_model and gitrepo (#35514)
-  * Move some functions to gitrepo package (#35503)
-  * Use git model to detect whether branch exist instead of gitrepo method (#35459)
-  * Some refactor for repo path (#36251)
-  * Extract helper functions from SearchIssues (#36158)
-  * Refactor merge conan and container auth preserve actions taskID (#36560)
-  * Refactor Nuget Auth to reuse Basic Auth Token Validation (#36558)
-  * Refactor ActionsTaskID (#36503)
-  * Refactor auth middleware (#36848)
-  * Refactor code render and render control chars (#37078)
-  * Clean up AppURL, remove legacy origin-url webcomponent (#37090)
-  * Remove `util.URLJoin` and replace all callers with direct path concatenation (#36867)
-  * Replace legacy tw-flex utility classes with flex-text-block/inline (#36778)
-  * Mark unused&immature activitypub as "not implemented" (#36789)
-* TESTING
-  * Add e2e tests for server push events (#36879)
-  * Rework e2e tests (#36634)
-  * Add e2e reaction test, improve accessibility, enable parallel testing (#37081)
-  * Increase e2e test timeouts on CI to fix flaky tests (#37053)
-* BUILD
-  * Upgrade go-git to v5.18.0 (#37269)
-  * Replace rollup-plugin-license with rolldown-license-plugin (#37130) (#37158)
-  * Bump min go version to 1.26.2 (#37139) (#37143)
-  * Convert locale files from ini to json format (#35489)
-  * Bump golangci-lint to 2.7.2, enable modernize stringsbuilder (#36180)
-  * Port away from `flake-utils` (#35675)
-  * Remove nolint (#36252)
-  * Update the Unlicense copy to latest version (#36636)
-  * Update to go 1.26.0 and golangci-lint 2.9.0 (#36588)
-  * Replace `google/go-licenses` with custom generation (#36575)
-  * Update go dependencies (#36548)
-  * Bump appleboy/git-push-action from 1.0.0 to 1.2.0 (#36306)
-  * Remove fomantic form module (#36222)
-  * Bump setup-node to v6, re-enable cache (#36207)
-  * Bump crowdin/github-action from 1 to 2 (#36204)
-  * Revert "Bump alpine to 3.23 (#36185)" (#36202)
-  * Update chroma to v2.21.1 (#36201)
-  * Bump astral-sh/setup-uv from 6 to 7 (#36198)
-  * Bump docker/build-push-action from 5 to 6 (#36197)
-  * Bump aws-actions/configure-aws-credentials from 4 to 5 (#36196)
-  * Bump dev-hanz-ops/install-gh-cli-action from 0.1.0 to 0.2.1 (#36195)
-  * Add JSON linting (#36192)
-  * Enable dependabot for actions (#36191)
-  * Bump alpine to 3.23 (#36185)
-  * Update chroma to v2.21.0 (#36171)
-  * Update JS deps and eslint enhancements (#36147)
-  * Update JS deps (#36091)
-  * update golangci-lint to v2.7.0 (#36079)
-  * Update JS deps, fix deprecations (#36040)
-  * Update JS deps (#35978)
-  * Add toolchain directive to go.mod (#35901)
-  * Move `gitea-vet` to use `go tool` (#35878)
-  * Update to go 1.25.4 (#35877)
-  * Enable TypeScript `strictNullChecks` (#35843)
-  * Enable `vue/require-typed-ref` eslint rule (#35764)
-  * Update JS dependencies (#35759)
-  * Move `codeformat` folder to tools (#35758)
-  * Update dependencies (#35733)
-  * Bump happy-dom from 20.0.0 to 20.0.2 (#35677)
-  * Bump setup-go to v6 (#35660)
-  * Update JS deps, misc tweaks (#35643)
-  * Bump happy-dom from 19.0.2 to 20.0.0 (#35625)
-  * Use bundled version of spectral (#35573)
-  * Update JS and PY deps (#35565)
-  * Bump github.com/wneessen/go-mail from 0.6.2 to 0.7.1 (#35557)
-  * Migrate from webpack to vite (#37002)
-  * Update JS dependencies and misc tweaks (#37064)
-  * Update to eslint 10 (#36925)
-  * Optimize Docker build with dependency layer caching (#36864)
-  * Update JS deps (#36850)
-  * Update tool dependencies and fix new lint issues (#36702)
-  * Remove redundant linter rules (#36658)
-  * Move Fomantic dropdown CSS to custom module (#36530)
-  * Remove and forbid `@ts-expect-error` (#36513)
-  * Refactor git command stderr handling (#36402)
-  * Enable gocheckcompilerdirectives linter (#36156)
-  * Replace `lint-go-gopls` with additional `govet` linters (#36028)
-  * Update golangci-lint to v2.6.0 (#35801)
-  * Misc tool tweaks (#35734)
-  * Add cache to container build (#35697)
-  * Upgrade vite (#37126)
-  * Update `setup-uv` to v8.0.0 (#37101)
-  * Upgrade `go-git` to v5.17.2 and related dependencies (#37060)
-  * Raise minimum Node.js version to 22.18.0 (#37058)
-  * Upgrade `golang.org/x/image` to v0.38.0 (#37054)
-  * Update minimum go version to 1.26.1, golangci-lint to 2.11.2, fix test style (#36876)
-  * Enable eslint concurrency (#36878)
-  * Vendor relative-time-element as local web component (#36853)
-  * Update material-icon-theme v5.32.0 (#36832)
-  * Update Go dependencies (#36781)
-  * Upgrade minimatch (#36760)
-  * Remove i18n backport tool at the moment because of translation format changed (#36643)
-  * Update emoji data for Unicode 16 (#36596)
-  * Update JS dependencies, adjust webpack config, misc fixes (#36431)
-  * Update material-icon-theme to v5.31.0 (#36427)
-  * Update JS and PY deps (#36383)
-  * Bump alpine to 3.23, add platforms to `docker-dryrun` (#36379)
-  * Update JS deps (#36354)
-  * Update goldmark to v1.7.16 (#36343)
-  * Update chroma to v2.22.0 (#36342)
-* DOCS
-  * Update AI Contribution Policy (#37022)
-  * Update AGENTS.md with additional guidelines (#37018)
-  * Add missing cron tasks to example ini (#37012)
-  * Add AI Contribution Policy to CONTRIBUTING.md (#36651)
-  * Minor punctuation improvement in CONTRIBUTING.md (#36291)
-  * Add documentation for markdown anchor post-processing (#36443)
-* MISC
-  * Correct spelling (#36783)
-  * Update Nix flake (#37110)
-  * Update Nix flake (#37024)
-  * Add valid github scopes (#36977)
-  * Update Nix flake (#36943)
-  * Update Nix flake (#36902)
-  * Update Nix flake (#36857)
-  * Update Nix flake (#36787)

CLAUDE.md

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-@AGENTS.md

models/issues/custom_field.go

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting. All rights reserved.
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
 
 package issues
 
@@ -10,87 +10,185 @@ import (
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/timeutil"
 )
 
-// CustomFieldDefinition defines a custom field for a repository's issues
-type CustomFieldDefinition struct {
-	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr" json:"id"`
-	RepoID      int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL" json:"repo_id"`
-	Name        string             `xorm:"NOT NULL" json:"name"`
-	FieldType   string             `xorm:"NOT NULL" json:"field_type"` // text, number, date, dropdown, checkbox
-	Description string             `json:"description"`
-	Required    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false" json:"required"`
-	Position    int                `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0" json:"position"`
-	Options     string             `xorm:"TEXT" json:"options"` // JSON array for dropdown options
-	DefaultVal  string             `json:"default_value"`
-	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX created" json:"created_at"`
-	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX updated" json:"updated_at"`
-}
-
 func init() {
-	db.RegisterModel(new(CustomFieldDefinition))
+	db.RegisterModel(new(CustomFieldDef))
 	db.RegisterModel(new(CustomFieldValue))
 }
 
-// CustomFieldValue stores the value of a custom field for a specific issue
+// CustomFieldType represents the data type of a custom field.
+type CustomFieldType string
+
+const (
+	CustomFieldTypeText     CustomFieldType = "text"
+	CustomFieldTypeNumber   CustomFieldType = "number"
+	CustomFieldTypeDate     CustomFieldType = "date"
+	CustomFieldTypeDropdown CustomFieldType = "dropdown"
+	CustomFieldTypeCheckbox CustomFieldType = "checkbox"
+	CustomFieldTypeURL      CustomFieldType = "url"
+)
+
+// CustomFieldScope determines where the field appears.
+type CustomFieldScope string
+
+const (
+	CustomFieldScopeIssue CustomFieldScope = "issue" // appears in issue sidebar
+	CustomFieldScopeRepo  CustomFieldScope = "repo"  // appears in repo settings metadata
+)
+
+// CustomFieldDef defines a custom field at the org level.
+// owner_id = org ID, scope = issue or repo.
+// repo_id is kept for backward compat but 0 for org-level definitions.
+type CustomFieldDef struct {
+	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	OwnerID     int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'owner_id'"` // org that owns this field
+	RepoID      int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'repo_id'"`  // 0 = org-level (inherited by all repos)
+	Scope       CustomFieldScope   `xorm:"VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'issue' 'scope'"`
+	Name        string             `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
+	FieldType   CustomFieldType    `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) NOT NULL 'field_type'"`
+	Description string             `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	Options     string             `xorm:"TEXT"` // JSON array for dropdown options
+	Required    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false"`
+	SortOrder   int                `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'sort_order'"`
+	IsActive    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'is_active'"`
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (CustomFieldDef) TableName() string {
+	return "custom_field_def"
+}
+
+// CustomFieldValue stores a custom field value for an entity (issue or repo).
 type CustomFieldValue struct {
-	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr" json:"id"`
-	IssueID     int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL" json:"issue_id"`
-	FieldID     int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL" json:"field_id"`
-	Value       string             `xorm:"TEXT" json:"value"`
-	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX created" json:"created_at"`
-	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX updated" json:"updated_at"`
+	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	EntityID    int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL 'entity_id'"`   // issue ID or repo ID
+	EntityType  string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'issue' 'entity_type'"` // "issue" or "repo"
+	FieldID     int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL 'field_id'"`
+	Value       string             `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
 }
 
-// GetCustomFieldsByRepoID returns all custom field definitions for a repo
-func GetCustomFieldsByRepoID(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) ([]*CustomFieldDefinition, error) {
-	fields := make([]*CustomFieldDefinition, 0)
-	return fields, db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("repo_id = ?", repoID).OrderBy("position ASC").Find(&fields)
+func (CustomFieldValue) TableName() string {
+	return "custom_field_value"
 }
 
-// GetCustomFieldByID returns a custom field definition by ID
-func GetCustomFieldByID(ctx context.Context, id int64) (*CustomFieldDefinition, error) {
-	field := &CustomFieldDefinition{ID: id}
-	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Get(field)
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Queries for org-level field definitions
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// GetCustomFieldsByOwner returns all active field definitions for an org with a given scope.
+func GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx context.Context, ownerID int64, scope CustomFieldScope) ([]*CustomFieldDef, error) {
+	fields := make([]*CustomFieldDef, 0, 10)
+	return fields, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("owner_id = ? AND scope = ? AND is_active = ?", ownerID, scope, true).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&fields)
+}
+
+// GetAllCustomFieldsByOwner returns all field definitions for an org (including inactive).
+func GetAllCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx context.Context, ownerID int64) ([]*CustomFieldDef, error) {
+	fields := make([]*CustomFieldDef, 0, 10)
+	return fields, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("owner_id = ?", ownerID).
+		OrderBy("scope ASC, sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&fields)
+}
+
+// GetCustomFieldsByOwnerAndScope returns all fields for an org filtered by scope.
+func GetCustomFieldsByOwnerAndScope(ctx context.Context, ownerID int64, scope CustomFieldScope) ([]*CustomFieldDef, error) {
+	fields := make([]*CustomFieldDef, 0, 10)
+	return fields, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("owner_id = ? AND scope = ?", ownerID, scope).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&fields)
+}
+
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Backward-compatible queries (load by repo's owner)
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// GetCustomFieldsByRepo returns active issue-scoped fields for a repo's org.
+// This is the main query used by the issue sidebar.
+func GetCustomFieldsByRepo(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) ([]*CustomFieldDef, error) {
+	// First try org-level fields (owner_id != 0, repo_id = 0)
+	// Fall back to legacy repo-level fields (repo_id = repoID)
+	fields := make([]*CustomFieldDef, 0, 10)
+	return fields, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("((owner_id != 0 AND repo_id = 0) OR repo_id = ?) AND scope = ? AND is_active = ?",
+			repoID, CustomFieldScopeIssue, true).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&fields)
+}
+
+// GetAllCustomFieldsByRepo returns all field definitions for a repo (for settings page).
+func GetAllCustomFieldsByRepo(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) ([]*CustomFieldDef, error) {
+	fields := make([]*CustomFieldDef, 0, 10)
+	return fields, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("repo_id = ?", repoID).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&fields)
+}
+
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Field definition CRUD
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// GetCustomFieldDefByID returns a single field definition.
+func GetCustomFieldDefByID(ctx context.Context, id int64) (*CustomFieldDef, error) {
+	field := new(CustomFieldDef)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Get(field)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
 	if !has {
-		return nil, nil
+		return nil, db.ErrNotExist{Resource: "CustomFieldDef", ID: id}
 	}
 	return field, nil
 }
 
-// CreateCustomField creates a new custom field definition
-func CreateCustomField(ctx context.Context, field *CustomFieldDefinition) error {
+// CreateCustomFieldDef creates a new custom field definition.
+func CreateCustomFieldDef(ctx context.Context, field *CustomFieldDef) error {
 	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(field)
 	return err
 }
 
-// UpdateCustomField updates a custom field definition
-func UpdateCustomField(ctx context.Context, field *CustomFieldDefinition) error {
+// UpdateCustomFieldDef updates a custom field definition.
+func UpdateCustomFieldDef(ctx context.Context, field *CustomFieldDef) error {
 	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(field.ID).AllCols().Update(field)
 	return err
 }
 
-// DeleteCustomField deletes a custom field and all its values
-func DeleteCustomField(ctx context.Context, id int64) error {
-	sess := db.GetEngine(ctx)
-	if _, err := sess.Where("field_id = ?", id).Delete(&CustomFieldValue{}); err != nil {
+// DeleteCustomFieldDef deletes a field definition and all its values.
+func DeleteCustomFieldDef(ctx context.Context, id int64) error {
+	if _, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("field_id = ?", id).Delete(new(CustomFieldValue)); err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
-	_, err := sess.ID(id).Delete(&CustomFieldDefinition{})
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Delete(new(CustomFieldDef))
 	return err
 }
 
-// GetCustomFieldValues returns all custom field values for an issue
-func GetCustomFieldValues(ctx context.Context, issueID int64) ([]*CustomFieldValue, error) {
-	values := make([]*CustomFieldValue, 0)
-	return values, db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("issue_id = ?", issueID).Find(&values)
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Field values — generic entity-based (works for issues and repos)
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// GetCustomFieldValuesMap returns field_id -> value for an entity.
+func GetCustomFieldValuesMap(ctx context.Context, entityID int64) (map[int64]string, error) {
+	values := make([]*CustomFieldValue, 0, 10)
+	if err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("entity_id = ?", entityID).Find(&values); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	result := make(map[int64]string, len(values))
+	for _, v := range values {
+		result[v.FieldID] = v.Value
+	}
+	return result, nil
 }
 
-// SetCustomFieldValue sets or updates a custom field value for an issue
-func SetCustomFieldValue(ctx context.Context, issueID, fieldID int64, value string) error {
-	existing := &CustomFieldValue{}
-	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("issue_id = ? AND field_id = ?", issueID, fieldID).Get(existing)
+// SetCustomFieldValue creates or updates a single custom field value.
+func SetCustomFieldValue(ctx context.Context, entityID, fieldID int64, value string) error {
+	existing := new(CustomFieldValue)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("entity_id = ? AND field_id = ?", entityID, fieldID).Get(existing)
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
@@ -100,15 +198,19 @@ func SetCustomFieldValue(ctx context.Context, issueID, fieldID int64, value stri
 		return err
 	}
 	_, err = db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(&CustomFieldValue{
-		IssueID: issueID,
-		FieldID: fieldID,
-		Value:   value,
+		EntityID: entityID,
+		FieldID:  fieldID,
+		Value:    value,
 	})
 	return err
 }
 
-// DeleteCustomFieldValue deletes a specific custom field value
-func DeleteCustomFieldValue(ctx context.Context, issueID, fieldID int64) error {
-	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("issue_id = ? AND field_id = ?", issueID, fieldID).Delete(&CustomFieldValue{})
-	return err
+// SetCustomFieldValues sets multiple custom field values for an entity.
+func SetCustomFieldValues(ctx context.Context, entityID int64, values map[int64]string) error {
+	for fieldID, value := range values {
+		if err := SetCustomFieldValue(ctx, entityID, fieldID, value); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
 }

models/issues/issue.go

@@ -76,6 +76,12 @@ type Issue struct {
 	Assignee          *user_model.User `xorm:"-"`
 	isAssigneeLoaded  bool             `xorm:"-"`
 	IsClosed          bool             `xorm:"INDEX"`
+	StatusID          int64            `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'status_id'"`
+	Status            *IssueStatusDef  `xorm:"-"`
+	PriorityID        int64             `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'priority_id'"`
+	PriorityDef       *IssuePriorityDef `xorm:"-"`
+	TypeID            int64             `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'type_id'"`
+	TypeDef           *IssueTypeDef     `xorm:"-"`
 	IsRead            bool             `xorm:"-"`
 	IsPull            bool             `xorm:"INDEX"` // Indicates whether is a pull request or not.
 	PullRequest       *PullRequest     `xorm:"-"`

models/issues/issue_priority.go

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package issues
+
+import (
+	"context"
+
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/db"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/timeutil"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	db.RegisterModel(new(IssuePriorityDef))
+}
+
+// IssuePriorityDef defines a custom issue priority at the org level.
+type IssuePriorityDef struct {
+	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	OrgID       int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'org_id'"`
+	Name        string             `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
+	Color       string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(7)"`
+	Description string             `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	SortOrder   int                `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'sort_order'"`
+	IsDefault   bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'is_default'"`
+	IsActive    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'is_active'"`
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (IssuePriorityDef) TableName() string {
+	return "issue_priority_def"
+}
+
+// GetIssuePriorityDefsByOrg returns active priority definitions for an org.
+// If none exist, seeds the org with default priorities automatically.
+func GetIssuePriorityDefsByOrg(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) ([]*IssuePriorityDef, error) {
+	defs := make([]*IssuePriorityDef, 0, 10)
+	if err := db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("org_id = ? AND is_active = ?", orgID, true).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&defs); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if len(defs) == 0 && orgID > 0 {
+		if err := seedDefaultIssuePriorities(ctx, orgID); err != nil {
+			return defs, nil // non-fatal
+		}
+		return GetIssuePriorityDefsByOrg(ctx, orgID)
+	}
+	return defs, nil
+}
+
+// seedDefaultIssuePriorities creates the standard priority presets for an org.
+func seedDefaultIssuePriorities(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) error {
+	defaults := []*IssuePriorityDef{
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Critical", Color: "#dc2626", Description: "Requires immediate attention", SortOrder: 1, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "High", Color: "#f97316", Description: "Should be addressed soon", SortOrder: 2, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Medium", Color: "#eab308", Description: "Normal priority", SortOrder: 3, IsDefault: true, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Low", Color: "#2563eb", Description: "Can wait", SortOrder: 4, IsActive: true},
+	}
+	for _, d := range defaults {
+		if _, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(d); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GetAllIssuePriorityDefsByOrg returns all priority definitions (including inactive).
+func GetAllIssuePriorityDefsByOrg(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) ([]*IssuePriorityDef, error) {
+	defs := make([]*IssuePriorityDef, 0, 10)
+	return defs, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("org_id = ?", orgID).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&defs)
+}
+
+// GetIssuePriorityDefByID returns a single priority definition.
+func GetIssuePriorityDefByID(ctx context.Context, id int64) (*IssuePriorityDef, error) {
+	def := new(IssuePriorityDef)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Get(def)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if !has {
+		return nil, db.ErrNotExist{Resource: "IssuePriorityDef", ID: id}
+	}
+	return def, nil
+}
+
+// CreateIssuePriorityDef creates a new priority definition.
+func CreateIssuePriorityDef(ctx context.Context, def *IssuePriorityDef) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(def)
+	return err
+}
+
+// UpdateIssuePriorityDef updates a priority definition.
+func UpdateIssuePriorityDef(ctx context.Context, def *IssuePriorityDef) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(def.ID).AllCols().Update(def)
+	return err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssuePriorityDef deletes a priority definition and clears references on issues.
+func DeleteIssuePriorityDef(ctx context.Context, id int64) error {
+	if _, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Exec("UPDATE issue SET priority_id = 0 WHERE priority_id = ?", id); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Delete(new(IssuePriorityDef))
+	return err
+}
+
+// SetIssuePriorityID updates the priority_id on an issue.
+func SetIssuePriorityID(ctx context.Context, issueID, priorityID int64) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Exec("UPDATE issue SET priority_id = ? WHERE id = ?", priorityID, issueID)
+	return err
+}

models/issues/issue_search.go

@@ -49,8 +49,9 @@ type IssuesOptions struct { //nolint:revive // export stutter
 	UpdatedAfterUnix   int64
 	UpdatedBeforeUnix  int64
 	// prioritize issues from this repo
-	PriorityRepoID int64
-	IsArchived     optional.Option[bool]
+	PriorityRepoID    int64
+	IsArchived        optional.Option[bool]
+	CustomFieldFilters map[int64]string // field_id → required value (AND semantics)
 	Owner          *user_model.User   // issues permission scope, it could be an organization or a user
 	Team           *organization.Team // issues permission scope
 	Doer           *user_model.User   // issues permission scope
@@ -211,6 +212,20 @@ func applyProjectCondition(sess *xorm.Session, opts *IssuesOptions) {
 	// do not need to apply any condition
 }
 
+func applyCustomFieldCondition(sess *xorm.Session, opts *IssuesOptions) {
+	if len(opts.CustomFieldFilters) == 0 {
+		return
+	}
+	// Each filtered field adds a subquery: the issue must have a matching
+	// custom_field_value row for every specified field (AND semantics).
+	for fieldID, value := range opts.CustomFieldFilters {
+		subQuery := builder.Select("entity_id").From("custom_field_value").Where(
+			builder.Eq{"field_id": fieldID, "value": value, "entity_type": "issue"},
+		)
+		sess.And(builder.In("issue.id", subQuery))
+	}
+}
+
 func applyRepoConditions(sess *xorm.Session, opts *IssuesOptions) {
 	if len(opts.RepoIDs) == 1 {
 		opts.RepoCond = builder.Eq{"issue.repo_id": opts.RepoIDs[0]}
@@ -278,6 +293,7 @@ func applyConditions(sess *xorm.Session, opts *IssuesOptions) {
 	}
 
 	applyLabelsCondition(sess, opts)
+	applyCustomFieldCondition(sess, opts)
 
 	if opts.Owner != nil {
 		sess.And(repo_model.UserOwnedRepoCond(opts.Owner.ID))

models/issues/issue_status.go

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package issues
+
+import (
+	"context"
+
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/db"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/timeutil"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	db.RegisterModel(new(IssueStatusDef))
+}
+
+// IssueStatusDef defines a custom issue status at the org level.
+type IssueStatusDef struct {
+	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	OrgID       int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'org_id'"`
+	Name        string             `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
+	Color       string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(7)"`  // hex color, e.g. "#e11d48"
+	Description string             `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	ClosesIssue bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'closes_issue'"`
+	SortOrder   int                `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'sort_order'"`
+	IsActive    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'is_active'"`
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (IssueStatusDef) TableName() string {
+	return "issue_status_def"
+}
+
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Queries
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// GetIssueStatusDefsByOrg returns active status definitions for an org.
+// If none exist, seeds the org with default statuses automatically.
+func GetIssueStatusDefsByOrg(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) ([]*IssueStatusDef, error) {
+	defs := make([]*IssueStatusDef, 0, 10)
+	if err := db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("org_id = ? AND is_active = ?", orgID, true).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&defs); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if len(defs) == 0 && orgID > 0 {
+		if err := seedDefaultIssueStatuses(ctx, orgID); err != nil {
+			return defs, nil // non-fatal
+		}
+		return GetIssueStatusDefsByOrg(ctx, orgID)
+	}
+	return defs, nil
+}
+
+// seedDefaultIssueStatuses creates the standard status presets for an org.
+func seedDefaultIssueStatuses(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) error {
+	defaults := []*IssueStatusDef{
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "In Progress", Color: "#2563eb", Description: "Work is actively being done", SortOrder: 1, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Needs Info", Color: "#f59e0b", Description: "Waiting for more information", SortOrder: 2, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Blocked", Color: "#dc2626", Description: "Cannot proceed due to dependency", SortOrder: 3, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Resolved", Color: "#16a34a", Description: "Fix implemented and verified", ClosesIssue: true, SortOrder: 4, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Won't Fix", Color: "#6b7280", Description: "Decided not to address", ClosesIssue: true, SortOrder: 5, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Duplicate", Color: "#8b5cf6", Description: "Already tracked elsewhere", ClosesIssue: true, SortOrder: 6, IsActive: true},
+	}
+	for _, d := range defaults {
+		if _, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(d); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GetAllIssueStatusDefsByOrg returns all status definitions (including inactive).
+func GetAllIssueStatusDefsByOrg(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) ([]*IssueStatusDef, error) {
+	defs := make([]*IssueStatusDef, 0, 10)
+	return defs, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("org_id = ?", orgID).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&defs)
+}
+
+// GetIssueStatusDefByID returns a single status definition.
+func GetIssueStatusDefByID(ctx context.Context, id int64) (*IssueStatusDef, error) {
+	def := new(IssueStatusDef)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Get(def)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if !has {
+		return nil, db.ErrNotExist{Resource: "IssueStatusDef", ID: id}
+	}
+	return def, nil
+}
+
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// CRUD
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// CreateIssueStatusDef creates a new status definition.
+func CreateIssueStatusDef(ctx context.Context, def *IssueStatusDef) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(def)
+	return err
+}
+
+// UpdateIssueStatusDef updates a status definition.
+func UpdateIssueStatusDef(ctx context.Context, def *IssueStatusDef) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(def.ID).AllCols().Update(def)
+	return err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueStatusDef deletes a status definition and clears references on issues.
+func DeleteIssueStatusDef(ctx context.Context, id int64) error {
+	// Clear status_id on all issues that reference this definition
+	if _, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Exec("UPDATE issue SET status_id = 0 WHERE status_id = ?", id); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Delete(new(IssueStatusDef))
+	return err
+}
+
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Issue status helpers
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// SetIssueStatusID updates the status_id on an issue.
+func SetIssueStatusID(ctx context.Context, issueID, statusID int64) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Exec("UPDATE issue SET status_id = ? WHERE id = ?", statusID, issueID)
+	return err
+}

models/issues/issue_type.go

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package issues
+
+import (
+	"context"
+
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/db"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/timeutil"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	db.RegisterModel(new(IssueTypeDef))
+}
+
+// IssueTypeDef defines a custom issue type at the org level.
+type IssueTypeDef struct {
+	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	OrgID       int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'org_id'"`
+	Name        string             `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
+	Color       string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(7)"`
+	Description string             `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	SortOrder   int                `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'sort_order'"`
+	IsDefault   bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'is_default'"`
+	IsActive    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'is_active'"`
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (IssueTypeDef) TableName() string {
+	return "issue_type_def"
+}
+
+// GetIssueTypeDefsByOrg returns active type definitions for an org.
+// Auto-seeds defaults if none exist.
+func GetIssueTypeDefsByOrg(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) ([]*IssueTypeDef, error) {
+	defs := make([]*IssueTypeDef, 0, 10)
+	if err := db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("org_id = ? AND is_active = ?", orgID, true).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&defs); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if len(defs) == 0 && orgID > 0 {
+		if err := seedDefaultIssueTypes(ctx, orgID); err != nil {
+			return defs, nil
+		}
+		return GetIssueTypeDefsByOrg(ctx, orgID)
+	}
+	return defs, nil
+}
+
+// GetAllIssueTypeDefsByOrg returns all type definitions (including inactive).
+func GetAllIssueTypeDefsByOrg(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) ([]*IssueTypeDef, error) {
+	defs := make([]*IssueTypeDef, 0, 10)
+	return defs, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("org_id = ?", orgID).
+		OrderBy("sort_order ASC, id ASC").
+		Find(&defs)
+}
+
+// GetIssueTypeDefByID returns a single type definition.
+func GetIssueTypeDefByID(ctx context.Context, id int64) (*IssueTypeDef, error) {
+	def := new(IssueTypeDef)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Get(def)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if !has {
+		return nil, db.ErrNotExist{Resource: "IssueTypeDef", ID: id}
+	}
+	return def, nil
+}
+
+func CreateIssueTypeDef(ctx context.Context, def *IssueTypeDef) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(def)
+	return err
+}
+
+func UpdateIssueTypeDef(ctx context.Context, def *IssueTypeDef) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(def.ID).AllCols().Update(def)
+	return err
+}
+
+func DeleteIssueTypeDef(ctx context.Context, id int64) error {
+	if _, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Exec("UPDATE issue SET type_id = 0 WHERE type_id = ?", id); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Delete(new(IssueTypeDef))
+	return err
+}
+
+func SetIssueTypeID(ctx context.Context, issueID, typeID int64) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Exec("UPDATE issue SET type_id = ? WHERE id = ?", typeID, issueID)
+	return err
+}
+
+func seedDefaultIssueTypes(ctx context.Context, orgID int64) error {
+	defaults := []*IssueTypeDef{
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Bug", Color: "#dc2626", SortOrder: 1, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Feature", Color: "#2563eb", SortOrder: 2, IsDefault: true, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Enhancement", Color: "#16a34a", SortOrder: 3, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Task", Color: "#6b7280", SortOrder: 4, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Documentation", Color: "#8b5cf6", SortOrder: 5, IsActive: true},
+		{OrgID: orgID, Name: "Security", Color: "#e11d48", SortOrder: 6, IsActive: true},
+	}
+	for _, d := range defaults {
+		if _, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(d); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}

models/licenses/license_key.go

@@ -130,10 +130,11 @@ func GetLicenseKeyByID(ctx context.Context, id int64) (*LicenseKey, error) {
 	return key, nil
 }
 
-// ListLicenseKeys returns all keys for the given owner.
+// ListLicenseKeys returns all keys for the given owner, master keys first.
 func ListLicenseKeys(ctx context.Context, ownerID int64) ([]*LicenseKey, error) {
 	keys := make([]*LicenseKey, 0, 20)
-	return keys, db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("owner_id = ?", ownerID).Find(&keys)
+	return keys, db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("owner_id = ?", ownerID).
+		OrderBy("is_internal DESC, created_unix DESC").Find(&keys)
 }
 
 // SearchLicenseKeys searches keys for an owner by key prefix/raw, licensee, email, or domain.

models/licenses/license_package.go

@@ -32,6 +32,10 @@ type LicensePackage struct {
 	// AllowedChannels defines which update streams keys from this package
 	// can access. JSON array, e.g. ["stable","rc"]. Empty = all channels.
 	AllowedChannels string         `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	// DomainRestriction is a comma-separated list of allowed domains.
+	// Keys generated from this package inherit this unless overridden.
+	// Empty = no restriction.
+	DomainRestriction string       `xorm:"TEXT"`
 	IsActive    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true"`
 	IsArchived  bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false"`
 	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED"`

models/licenses/update_stream_config.go

@@ -23,27 +23,27 @@ type UpdateStreamConfig struct {
 	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
 	OwnerID     int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL"`         // org or user
 	RepoID      int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0"` // 0 = org-level default
-	StreamMode  string             `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 'joomla'"` // joomla, custom
+	StreamMode  string             `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 'joomla' 'stream_mode'"` // joomla, custom
 	Platform    string             `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 'joomla'"` // joomla, dolibarr, both, wordpress, prestashop, drupal
-	LicensingEnabled bool          `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false"`    // master toggle for licensing system
-	RequireKey  bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false"`    // require license key for update feed
-	FeedVisibility string          `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'public'"` // public, no-download, hidden
-	DownloadGating string          `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'none'"` // none, all, prerelease
-	SupportURL  string             `xorm:"TEXT"`                      // wiki or external support page URL
-	KeyPrefix   string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(20)"`               // org-specific license key prefix (e.g. "ACME")
+	LicensingEnabled bool          `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'licensing_enabled'"` // master toggle
+	RequireKey  bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'require_key'"`     // require license key for update feed
+	FeedVisibility string          `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'public' 'feed_visibility'"` // public, no-download, hidden
+	DownloadGating string          `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'none' 'download_gating'"` // none, all, prerelease
+	SupportURL  string             `xorm:"TEXT 'support_url'"`        // wiki or external support page URL
+	KeyPrefix   string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) 'key_prefix'"`  // org-specific license key prefix (e.g. "ACME")
 	// Extension metadata — used in update feed generation.
-	ExtensionName    string         `xorm:"TEXT"`                     // element identifier (e.g. pkg_mokowaas, com_mokowaas)
-	DisplayName      string         `xorm:"TEXT"`                     // human-readable name (e.g. "Package - MokoWaaS")
+	ExtensionName    string         `xorm:"TEXT 'extension_name'"`    // element identifier (e.g. pkg_mokowaas, com_mokowaas)
+	DisplayName      string         `xorm:"TEXT 'display_name'"`     // human-readable name (e.g. "Package - MokoWaaS")
 	Description      string         `xorm:"TEXT"`                     // short description for update feeds
-	ExtensionType    string         `xorm:"VARCHAR(50)"`              // component, module, plugin, package, template, library
+	ExtensionType    string         `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'extension_type'"` // component, module, plugin, package, template, library
 	Maintainer       string         `xorm:"TEXT"`                     // maintainer/author name
-	MaintainerURL    string         `xorm:"TEXT"`                     // maintainer website
-	InfoURL          string         `xorm:"TEXT"`                     // extension info/product page URL
-	TargetVersion    string         `xorm:"TEXT"`                     // target platform version regex (e.g. "(5|6)\..*")
-	PHPMinimum       string         `xorm:"VARCHAR(20)"`              // minimum PHP version (e.g. "8.1")
+	MaintainerURL    string         `xorm:"TEXT 'maintainer_url'"`    // maintainer website
+	InfoURL          string         `xorm:"TEXT 'info_url'"`          // extension info/product page URL
+	TargetVersion    string         `xorm:"TEXT 'target_version'"`    // target platform version regex (e.g. "(5|6)\..*")
+	PHPMinimum       string         `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) 'php_minimum'"` // minimum PHP version (e.g. "8.1")
 	// CustomStreams is a JSON array of stream definitions.
 	// Each entry: {"name":"lts","suffix":"-lts","description":"Long-term support"}
-	CustomStreams string            `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	CustomStreams string            `xorm:"TEXT 'custom_streams'"`
 	CreatedUnix  timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED"`
 	UpdatedUnix  timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED"`
 }

models/migrations/migrations.go

@@ -420,6 +420,14 @@ func prepareMigrationTasks() []*migration {
 		newMigration(340, "Sync license system columns (key_raw, payment_ref, heartbeat, archive, metadata)", v1_27.SyncLicenseSystemColumns),
 		newMigration(341, "Add parent_org_id to user table for enterprise sub-org hierarchy", v1_27.AddParentOrgIDToUser),
 		newMigration(342, "Add is_hidden to repository for three-level visibility", v1_27.AddIsHiddenToRepository),
+		newMigration(343, "Add custom field tables for issue custom fields", v1_27.AddCustomFieldTables),
+		newMigration(344, "Add domain_restriction to license_package table", v1_27.AddDomainRestrictionToLicensePackage),
+		newMigration(345, "Migrate custom fields to org-level with scope", v1_27.MigrateCustomFieldsToOrgLevel),
+		newMigration(346, "Add issue status definitions table", v1_27.AddIssueStatusDefTable),
+		newMigration(347, "Add repo manifest table", v1_27.AddRepoManifestTable),
+		newMigration(348, "Add issue priority definitions table", v1_27.AddIssuePriorityDefTable),
+		newMigration(349, "Add security scanning tables", v1_27.AddSecurityScanningTables),
+		newMigration(350, "Add issue type definitions table", v1_27.AddIssueTypeDefTable),
 	}
 	return preparedMigrations
 }

models/migrations/v1_25/v323.go

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting. All rights reserved.
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-
-package v1_25
-
-import "xorm.io/xorm"
-
-func AddCustomFieldTables(x *xorm.Engine) error {
-	type CustomFieldDefinition struct {
-		ID          int64  `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
-		RepoID      int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL"`
-		Name        string `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
-		FieldType   string `xorm:"NOT NULL"` // text, number, date, dropdown, checkbox
-		Description string
-		Required    bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false"`
-		Position    int    `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0"`
-		Options     string `xorm:"TEXT"` // JSON array for dropdown options
-		DefaultVal  string
-		CreatedUnix int64 `xorm:"INDEX created"`
-		UpdatedUnix int64 `xorm:"INDEX updated"`
-	}
-
-	type CustomFieldValue struct {
-		ID         int64  `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
-		IssueID    int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL"`
-		FieldID    int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL"`
-		Value      string `xorm:"TEXT"`
-		CreatedUnix int64 `xorm:"INDEX created"`
-		UpdatedUnix int64 `xorm:"INDEX updated"`
-	}
-
-	return x.Sync(new(CustomFieldDefinition), new(CustomFieldValue))
-}

models/migrations/v1_27/v343.go

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package v1_27
+
+import (
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/timeutil"
+
+	"xorm.io/xorm"
+)
+
+type customFieldDef343 struct {
+	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	RepoID      int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL 'repo_id'"`
+	Name        string             `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
+	FieldType   string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) NOT NULL 'field_type'"`
+	Description string             `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	Options     string             `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	Required    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false"`
+	SortOrder   int                `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'sort_order'"`
+	IsActive    bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'is_active'"`
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (customFieldDef343) TableName() string {
+	return "custom_field_def"
+}
+
+type customFieldValue343 struct {
+	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	IssueID     int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL 'issue_id'"`
+	FieldID     int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL 'field_id'"`
+	Value       string             `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (customFieldValue343) TableName() string {
+	return "custom_field_value"
+}
+
+// AddCustomFieldTables creates the custom_field_def and custom_field_value tables.
+func AddCustomFieldTables(x *xorm.Engine) error {
+	return x.Sync(new(customFieldDef343), new(customFieldValue343))
+}

models/migrations/v1_27/v344.go

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package v1_27
+
+import (
+	"xorm.io/xorm"
+)
+
+func AddDomainRestrictionToLicensePackage(x *xorm.Engine) error {
+	type LicensePackage struct {
+		DomainRestriction string `xorm:"TEXT"`
+	}
+	return x.Sync(new(LicensePackage))
+}

models/migrations/v1_27/v345.go

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package v1_27
+
+import (
+	"xorm.io/xorm"
+)
+
+// MigrateCustomFieldsToOrgLevel adds owner_id, scope to custom_field_def
+// and renames issue_id to entity_id + adds entity_type in custom_field_value.
+func MigrateCustomFieldsToOrgLevel(x *xorm.Engine) error {
+	// Add new columns to custom_field_def
+	type CustomFieldDef struct {
+		OwnerID int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'owner_id'"`
+		Scope   string `xorm:"VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'issue' 'scope'"`
+	}
+	if err := x.Sync(new(CustomFieldDef)); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Add entity_type and entity_id to custom_field_value
+	type CustomFieldValue struct {
+		EntityID   int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'entity_id'"`
+		EntityType string `xorm:"VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'issue' 'entity_type'"`
+	}
+	if err := x.Sync(new(CustomFieldValue)); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Migrate existing data: copy issue_id to entity_id where entity_id is 0
+	if _, err := x.Exec("UPDATE custom_field_value SET entity_id = issue_id WHERE entity_id = 0 AND issue_id != 0"); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Set issue_id default to 0 so new inserts don't require it
+	_, err := x.Exec("ALTER TABLE custom_field_value MODIFY COLUMN issue_id bigint NOT NULL DEFAULT 0")
+	return err
+}

models/migrations/v1_27/v346.go

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package v1_27
+
+import (
+	"xorm.io/xorm"
+)
+
+// AddIssueStatusDefTable creates the issue_status_def table and adds
+// status_id to the issue table.
+func AddIssueStatusDefTable(x *xorm.Engine) error {
+	type IssueStatusDef struct {
+		ID          int64  `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+		OrgID       int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'org_id'"`
+		Name        string `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
+		Color       string `xorm:"VARCHAR(7)"`
+		Description string `xorm:"TEXT"`
+		ClosesIssue bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'closes_issue'"`
+		SortOrder   int    `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'sort_order'"`
+		IsActive    bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'is_active'"`
+		CreatedUnix int64  `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+		UpdatedUnix int64  `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+	}
+	if err := x.Sync(new(IssueStatusDef)); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Add status_id column to issue table
+	type Issue struct {
+		StatusID int64 `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'status_id'"`
+	}
+	return x.Sync(new(Issue))
+}

models/migrations/v1_27/v347.go

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package v1_27
+
+import (
+	"xorm.io/xorm"
+)
+
+// AddRepoManifestTable creates the repo_manifest table for storing
+// moko-platform manifest settings per repository.
+func AddRepoManifestTable(x *xorm.Engine) error {
+	type RepoManifest struct {
+		ID               int64  `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+		RepoID           int64  `xorm:"UNIQUE INDEX NOT NULL 'repo_id'"`
+		Name             string `xorm:"TEXT 'name'"`
+		Org              string `xorm:"TEXT 'org'"`
+		Description      string `xorm:"TEXT 'description'"`
+		Version          string `xorm:"TEXT 'version'"`
+		LicenseSPDX      string `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'license_spdx'"`
+		LicenseName      string `xorm:"TEXT 'license_name'"`
+		Platform         string `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'platform'"`
+		StandardsVersion string `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) 'standards_version'"`
+		StandardsSource  string `xorm:"TEXT 'standards_source'"`
+		Language         string `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'language'"`
+		PackageType      string `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'package_type'"`
+		EntryPoint       string `xorm:"TEXT 'entry_point'"`
+		CreatedUnix      int64  `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+		UpdatedUnix      int64  `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+	}
+	return x.Sync(new(RepoManifest))
+}

models/migrations/v1_27/v348.go

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package v1_27
+
+import (
+	"xorm.io/xorm"
+)
+
+// AddIssuePriorityDefTable creates the issue_priority_def table and adds
+// priority_id to the issue table.
+func AddIssuePriorityDefTable(x *xorm.Engine) error {
+	type IssuePriorityDef struct {
+		ID          int64  `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+		OrgID       int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'org_id'"`
+		Name        string `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
+		Color       string `xorm:"VARCHAR(7)"`
+		Description string `xorm:"TEXT"`
+		SortOrder   int    `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'sort_order'"`
+		IsDefault   bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'is_default'"`
+		IsActive    bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'is_active'"`
+		CreatedUnix int64  `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+		UpdatedUnix int64  `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+	}
+	if err := x.Sync(new(IssuePriorityDef)); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	type Issue struct {
+		PriorityID int64 `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'priority_id'"`
+	}
+	return x.Sync(new(Issue))
+}

models/migrations/v1_27/v350.go

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package v1_27
+
+import (
+	"xorm.io/xorm"
+)
+
+// AddSecurityScanningTables creates security_alert and security_scanner_config tables.
+func AddSecurityScanningTables(x *xorm.Engine) error {
+	type SecurityAlert struct {
+		ID          int64  `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+		RepoID      int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL 'repo_id'"`
+		Scanner     string `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) NOT NULL 'scanner'"`
+		Severity    string `xorm:"VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL 'severity'"`
+		Status      string `xorm:"VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'active' 'status'"`
+		RuleID      string `xorm:"VARCHAR(100) NOT NULL 'rule_id'"`
+		Title       string `xorm:"TEXT NOT NULL 'title'"`
+		Description string `xorm:"TEXT 'description'"`
+		FilePath    string `xorm:"TEXT 'file_path'"`
+		LineNumber  int    `xorm:"'line_number'"`
+		CommitSHA   string `xorm:"VARCHAR(64) 'commit_sha'"`
+		Fingerprint string `xorm:"VARCHAR(64) INDEX 'fingerprint'"`
+		Metadata    string `xorm:"TEXT 'metadata'"`
+		ResolvedBy  int64  `xorm:"'resolved_by'"`
+		CreatedUnix int64  `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+		UpdatedUnix int64  `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+	}
+	if err := x.Sync(new(SecurityAlert)); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	type SecurityScannerConfig struct {
+		ID             int64  `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+		RepoID         int64  `xorm:"UNIQUE INDEX NOT NULL 'repo_id'"`
+		Enabled        bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'enabled'"`
+		BlockOnPush    bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'block_on_push'"`
+		SecretScanner  bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'secret_scanner'"`
+		DependScanner  bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'depend_scanner'"`
+		CodeScanner    bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'code_scanner'"`
+		ConfigScanner  bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'config_scanner'"`
+		LicenseScanner bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'license_scanner'"`
+		CustomPatterns string `xorm:"TEXT 'custom_patterns'"`
+		CreatedUnix    int64  `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+		UpdatedUnix    int64  `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+	}
+	return x.Sync(new(SecurityScannerConfig))
+}

models/migrations/v1_27/v351.go

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package v1_27
+
+import "xorm.io/xorm"
+
+// AddIssueTypeDefTable creates the issue_type_def table and adds type_id to issues.
+func AddIssueTypeDefTable(x *xorm.Engine) error {
+	type IssueTypeDef struct {
+		ID          int64  `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+		OrgID       int64  `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'org_id'"`
+		Name        string `xorm:"NOT NULL"`
+		Color       string `xorm:"VARCHAR(7)"`
+		Description string `xorm:"TEXT"`
+		SortOrder   int    `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'sort_order'"`
+		IsDefault   bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'is_default'"`
+		IsActive    bool   `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'is_active'"`
+		CreatedUnix int64  `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+		UpdatedUnix int64  `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+	}
+	if err := x.Sync(new(IssueTypeDef)); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	type Issue struct {
+		TypeID int64 `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 'type_id'"`
+	}
+	return x.Sync(new(Issue))
+}

models/repo/repo_manifest.go

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repo
+
+import (
+	"context"
+
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/db"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/timeutil"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	db.RegisterModel(new(RepoManifest))
+}
+
+// RepoManifest stores moko-platform manifest settings for a repository.
+// These fields correspond to the .mokogitea/manifest.xml schema and are
+// exposed via API for use by Actions workflows and the moko-platform CLI.
+type RepoManifest struct {
+	ID        int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	RepoID    int64              `xorm:"UNIQUE INDEX NOT NULL 'repo_id'"`
+
+	// identity section
+	Name        string `xorm:"TEXT 'name'"`         // project name
+	Org         string `xorm:"TEXT 'org'"`           // organization name
+	Description string `xorm:"TEXT 'description'"`   // project description
+	Version     string `xorm:"TEXT 'version'"`       // current version string
+	LicenseSPDX string `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'license_spdx'"` // SPDX identifier, e.g. "GPL-3.0-or-later"
+	LicenseName string `xorm:"TEXT 'license_name'"`  // human-readable license name
+
+	// governance section
+	Platform         string `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'platform'"`          // go, php, node, python, etc.
+	StandardsVersion string `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) 'standards_version'"` // moko-platform standards version
+	StandardsSource  string `xorm:"TEXT 'standards_source'"`          // URL to standards repo
+
+	// build section
+	Language    string `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'language'"`     // Go, PHP, TypeScript, etc.
+	PackageType string `xorm:"VARCHAR(50) 'package_type'"` // application, library, plugin, module, component, package
+	EntryPoint  string `xorm:"TEXT 'entry_point'"`          // build entry point path
+
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (RepoManifest) TableName() string {
+	return "repo_manifest"
+}
+
+// GetRepoManifest returns the manifest for a repo, or nil if none exists.
+func GetRepoManifest(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) (*RepoManifest, error) {
+	m := new(RepoManifest)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("repo_id = ?", repoID).Get(m)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if !has {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+	return m, nil
+}
+
+// CreateOrUpdateRepoManifest upserts a repo manifest.
+func CreateOrUpdateRepoManifest(ctx context.Context, m *RepoManifest) error {
+	existing := new(RepoManifest)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("repo_id = ?", m.RepoID).Get(existing)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if has {
+		m.ID = existing.ID
+		_, err = db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(m.ID).AllCols().Update(m)
+		return err
+	}
+	_, err = db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(m)
+	return err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoManifest deletes the manifest for a repo.
+func DeleteRepoManifest(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("repo_id = ?", repoID).Delete(new(RepoManifest))
+	return err
+}

models/security/security_alert.go

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package security
+
+import (
+	"context"
+
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/db"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/timeutil"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	db.RegisterModel(new(SecurityAlert))
+	db.RegisterModel(new(SecurityScannerConfig))
+}
+
+// AlertSeverity represents the severity level of a security finding.
+type AlertSeverity string
+
+const (
+	SeverityCritical AlertSeverity = "critical"
+	SeverityHigh     AlertSeverity = "high"
+	SeverityMedium   AlertSeverity = "medium"
+	SeverityLow      AlertSeverity = "low"
+	SeverityInfo     AlertSeverity = "info"
+)
+
+// AlertStatus represents the lifecycle state of an alert.
+type AlertStatus string
+
+const (
+	AlertStatusActive    AlertStatus = "active"
+	AlertStatusResolved  AlertStatus = "resolved"
+	AlertStatusDismissed AlertStatus = "dismissed"
+)
+
+// ScannerType identifies which scanner produced a finding.
+type ScannerType string
+
+const (
+	ScannerSecret     ScannerType = "secret"
+	ScannerDependency ScannerType = "dependency"
+	ScannerCode       ScannerType = "code"
+	ScannerConfig     ScannerType = "config"
+	ScannerLicense    ScannerType = "license"
+)
+
+// SecurityAlert stores a single security finding for a repository.
+type SecurityAlert struct {
+	ID          int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	RepoID      int64              `xorm:"INDEX NOT NULL 'repo_id'"`
+	Scanner     ScannerType        `xorm:"VARCHAR(20) NOT NULL 'scanner'"`
+	Severity    AlertSeverity      `xorm:"VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL 'severity'"`
+	Status      AlertStatus        `xorm:"VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'active' 'status'"`
+	RuleID      string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(100) NOT NULL 'rule_id'"`   // e.g. "aws-access-key", "cve-2024-1234"
+	Title       string             `xorm:"TEXT NOT NULL 'title'"`
+	Description string             `xorm:"TEXT 'description'"`
+	FilePath    string             `xorm:"TEXT 'file_path'"`
+	LineNumber  int                `xorm:"'line_number'"`
+	CommitSHA   string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(64) 'commit_sha'"`
+	Fingerprint string             `xorm:"VARCHAR(64) INDEX 'fingerprint'"` // dedup key: hash of rule+file+content
+	Metadata    string             `xorm:"TEXT 'metadata'"`                  // JSON extra data
+	ResolvedBy  int64              `xorm:"'resolved_by'"`
+	CreatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (SecurityAlert) TableName() string {
+	return "security_alert"
+}
+
+// SecurityScannerConfig stores per-repo scanner settings.
+type SecurityScannerConfig struct {
+	ID              int64              `xorm:"pk autoincr"`
+	RepoID          int64              `xorm:"UNIQUE INDEX NOT NULL 'repo_id'"`
+	Enabled         bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'enabled'"`
+	BlockOnPush     bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'block_on_push'"`     // reject push if secrets found
+	SecretScanner   bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'secret_scanner'"`
+	DependScanner   bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT true 'depend_scanner'"`
+	CodeScanner     bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'code_scanner'"`
+	ConfigScanner   bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'config_scanner'"`
+	LicenseScanner  bool               `xorm:"NOT NULL DEFAULT false 'license_scanner'"`
+	CustomPatterns  string             `xorm:"TEXT 'custom_patterns'"`                      // JSON array of custom regex patterns
+	CreatedUnix     timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"INDEX CREATED 'created_unix'"`
+	UpdatedUnix     timeutil.TimeStamp `xorm:"UPDATED 'updated_unix'"`
+}
+
+func (SecurityScannerConfig) TableName() string {
+	return "security_scanner_config"
+}
+
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Alert queries
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// GetActiveAlerts returns all active alerts for a repo.
+func GetActiveAlerts(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) ([]*SecurityAlert, error) {
+	alerts := make([]*SecurityAlert, 0, 20)
+	return alerts, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("repo_id = ? AND status = ?", repoID, AlertStatusActive).
+		OrderBy("severity ASC, created_unix DESC").
+		Find(&alerts)
+}
+
+// GetAllAlerts returns all alerts for a repo (including resolved/dismissed).
+func GetAllAlerts(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) ([]*SecurityAlert, error) {
+	alerts := make([]*SecurityAlert, 0, 50)
+	return alerts, db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Where("repo_id = ?", repoID).
+		OrderBy("status ASC, severity ASC, created_unix DESC").
+		Find(&alerts)
+}
+
+// GetAlertByID returns a single alert.
+func GetAlertByID(ctx context.Context, id int64) (*SecurityAlert, error) {
+	alert := new(SecurityAlert)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).Get(alert)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if !has {
+		return nil, db.ErrNotExist{Resource: "SecurityAlert", ID: id}
+	}
+	return alert, nil
+}
+
+// GetAlertCountsByRepo returns count of active alerts grouped by severity.
+func GetAlertCountsByRepo(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) (map[AlertSeverity]int64, error) {
+	type result struct {
+		Severity AlertSeverity `xorm:"severity"`
+		Count    int64         `xorm:"count"`
+	}
+	var results []result
+	err := db.GetEngine(ctx).
+		Table("security_alert").
+		Select("severity, COUNT(*) as count").
+		Where("repo_id = ? AND status = ?", repoID, AlertStatusActive).
+		GroupBy("severity").
+		Find(&results)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	counts := make(map[AlertSeverity]int64)
+	for _, r := range results {
+		counts[r.Severity] = r.Count
+	}
+	return counts, nil
+}
+
+// CreateOrUpdateAlert creates a new alert or updates if fingerprint exists.
+func CreateOrUpdateAlert(ctx context.Context, alert *SecurityAlert) error {
+	if alert.Fingerprint != "" {
+		existing := new(SecurityAlert)
+		has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).
+			Where("repo_id = ? AND fingerprint = ?", alert.RepoID, alert.Fingerprint).
+			Get(existing)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if has {
+			// Update existing - refresh commit SHA and keep active
+			existing.CommitSHA = alert.CommitSHA
+			existing.LineNumber = alert.LineNumber
+			existing.Status = AlertStatusActive
+			_, err = db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(existing.ID).
+				Cols("commit_sha", "line_number", "status").Update(existing)
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(alert)
+	return err
+}
+
+// UpdateAlertStatus changes the status of an alert.
+func UpdateAlertStatus(ctx context.Context, id int64, status AlertStatus, resolvedBy int64) error {
+	_, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(id).
+		Cols("status", "resolved_by").
+		Update(&SecurityAlert{Status: status, ResolvedBy: resolvedBy})
+	return err
+}
+
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Scanner config queries
+// ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+
+// GetScannerConfig returns the scanner config for a repo, or defaults.
+func GetScannerConfig(ctx context.Context, repoID int64) (*SecurityScannerConfig, error) {
+	cfg := new(SecurityScannerConfig)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("repo_id = ?", repoID).Get(cfg)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if !has {
+		return &SecurityScannerConfig{
+			RepoID:        repoID,
+			Enabled:       true,
+			SecretScanner: true,
+			DependScanner: true,
+		}, nil
+	}
+	return cfg, nil
+}
+
+// SaveScannerConfig creates or updates scanner config.
+func SaveScannerConfig(ctx context.Context, cfg *SecurityScannerConfig) error {
+	existing := new(SecurityScannerConfig)
+	has, err := db.GetEngine(ctx).Where("repo_id = ?", cfg.RepoID).Get(existing)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if has {
+		cfg.ID = existing.ID
+		_, err = db.GetEngine(ctx).ID(cfg.ID).AllCols().Update(cfg)
+		return err
+	}
+	_, err = db.GetEngine(ctx).Insert(cfg)
+	return err
+}

modules/indexer/issues/db/options.go

@@ -82,6 +82,8 @@ func ToDBOptions(ctx context.Context, options *internal.SearchOptions) (*issue_m
 		Doer:               nil,
 	}
 
+	opts.CustomFieldFilters = options.CustomFieldFilters
+
 	if len(options.MilestoneIDs) == 1 && options.MilestoneIDs[0] == 0 {
 		opts.MilestoneIDs = []int64{db.NoConditionID}
 	} else {

modules/indexer/issues/dboptions.go

@@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ func ToSearchOptions(keyword string, opts *issues_model.IssuesOptions) *SearchOp
 	}
 
 	searchOpt.Paginator = opts.Paginator
+	searchOpt.CustomFieldFilters = opts.CustomFieldFilters
 
 	switch opts.SortType {
 	case "", "latest":

modules/indexer/issues/internal/model.go

@@ -114,6 +114,8 @@ type SearchOptions struct {
 	Paginator *db.ListOptions
 
 	SortBy SortBy // sort by field
+
+	CustomFieldFilters map[int64]string // field_id → required value (AND semantics, DB-only)
 }
 
 // Copy returns a copy of the options.

modules/structs/custom_field.go

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting. All rights reserved.
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-
-package structs
-
-import "time"
-
-// CustomFieldDefinition represents a custom field definition for a repository
-// swagger:model
-type CustomFieldDefinition struct {
-	ID           int64  `json:"id"`
-	RepoID       int64  `json:"repo_id"`
-	Name         string `json:"name"`
-	FieldType    string `json:"field_type"`
-	Description  string `json:"description"`
-	Required     bool   `json:"required"`
-	Position     int    `json:"position"`
-	Options      string `json:"options"`
-	DefaultValue string `json:"default_value"`
-	// swagger:strfmt date-time
-	Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
-	// swagger:strfmt date-time
-	Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
-}
-
-// CreateCustomFieldOption options for creating a custom field
-// swagger:model
-type CreateCustomFieldOption struct {
-	// required: true
-	Name         string `json:"name" binding:"Required"`
-	// required: true
-	FieldType    string `json:"field_type" binding:"Required"` // text, number, date, dropdown, checkbox
-	Description  string `json:"description"`
-	Required     bool   `json:"required"`
-	Position     int    `json:"position"`
-	Options      string `json:"options"`       // JSON array for dropdown
-	DefaultValue string `json:"default_value"`
-}
-
-// EditCustomFieldOption options for editing a custom field
-// swagger:model
-type EditCustomFieldOption struct {
-	Name         *string `json:"name"`
-	Description  *string `json:"description"`
-	Required     *bool   `json:"required"`
-	Position     *int    `json:"position"`
-	Options      *string `json:"options"`
-	DefaultValue *string `json:"default_value"`
-}
-
-// CustomFieldValue represents a custom field value for an issue
-// swagger:model
-type CustomFieldValue struct {
-	ID      int64  `json:"id"`
-	IssueID int64  `json:"issue_id"`
-	FieldID int64  `json:"field_id"`
-	Value   string `json:"value"`
-}
-
-// SetCustomFieldValueOption options for setting a custom field value
-// swagger:model
-type SetCustomFieldValueOption struct {
-	// required: true
-	Value string `json:"value" binding:"Required"`
-}

modules/structs/issue.go

@@ -104,6 +104,8 @@ type CreateIssueOption struct {
 	// list of project ids
 	Projects []int64 `json:"projects"`
 	Closed   bool    `json:"closed"`
+	// custom field values keyed by field name
+	CustomFields map[string]string `json:"custom_fields,omitempty"`
 }
 
 // EditIssueOption options for editing an issue
@@ -190,15 +192,16 @@ const (
 // IssueTemplate represents an issue template for a repository
 // swagger:model
 type IssueTemplate struct {
-	Name      string                   `json:"name" yaml:"name"`
-	Title     string                   `json:"title" yaml:"title"`
-	About     string                   `json:"about" yaml:"about"` // Using "description" in a template file is compatible
-	Labels    IssueTemplateStringSlice `json:"labels" yaml:"labels"`
-	Assignees IssueTemplateStringSlice `json:"assignees" yaml:"assignees"`
-	Ref       string                   `json:"ref" yaml:"ref"`
-	Content   string                   `json:"content" yaml:"-"`
-	Fields    []*IssueFormField        `json:"body" yaml:"body"`
-	FileName  string                   `json:"file_name" yaml:"-"`
+	Name         string                   `json:"name" yaml:"name"`
+	Title        string                   `json:"title" yaml:"title"`
+	About        string                   `json:"about" yaml:"about"` // Using "description" in a template file is compatible
+	Labels       IssueTemplateStringSlice `json:"labels" yaml:"labels"`
+	Assignees    IssueTemplateStringSlice `json:"assignees" yaml:"assignees"`
+	Ref          string                   `json:"ref" yaml:"ref"`
+	Content      string                   `json:"content" yaml:"-"`
+	Fields       []*IssueFormField        `json:"body" yaml:"body"`
+	FileName     string                   `json:"file_name" yaml:"-"`
+	CustomFields map[string]string        `json:"custom_fields,omitempty" yaml:"custom_fields"`
 }
 
 type IssueTemplateStringSlice []string

options/locale/locale_en-US.json

@@ -1004,6 +1004,12 @@
   "repo.object_format": "Object Format",
   "repo.object_format_helper": "Object format of the repository. Cannot be changed later. SHA1 is most compatible.",
   "repo.readme": "README",
+  "repo.well_known_file.readme": "Readme",
+  "repo.well_known_file.license": "License",
+  "repo.well_known_file.contributing": "Contributing",
+  "repo.well_known_file.code_of_conduct": "Code of Conduct",
+  "repo.well_known_file.security": "Security",
+  "repo.well_known_file.changelog": "Changelog",
   "repo.readme_helper": "Select a README file template.",
   "repo.readme_helper_desc": "This is the place where you can write a complete description for your project.",
   "repo.auto_init": "Initialize Repository (Adds .gitignore, License and README)",
@@ -1412,6 +1418,7 @@
   "repo.issues.new.open_projects": "Open Projects",
   "repo.issues.new.closed_projects": "Closed Projects",
   "repo.issues.new.no_items": "No items",
+  "repo.issues.custom_fields": "Custom Fields",
   "repo.issues.new.milestone": "Milestone",
   "repo.issues.new.no_milestone": "No Milestone",
   "repo.issues.new.clear_milestone": "Clear milestone",
@@ -1575,6 +1582,9 @@
   "repo.issues.edit": "Edit",
   "repo.issues.cancel": "Cancel",
   "repo.issues.save": "Save",
+  "repo.issues.status": "Status",
+  "repo.issues.priority": "Priority",
+  "repo.issues.type": "Type",
   "repo.issues.label_title": "Name",
   "repo.issues.label_description": "Description",
   "repo.issues.label_color": "Color",
@@ -1960,6 +1970,7 @@
   "repo.signing.wont_sign.approved": "The merge will not be signed as the PR is not approved.",
   "repo.ext_wiki": "Access to External Wiki",
   "repo.ext_wiki.desc": "Link to an external wiki.",
+  "repo.security": "Security",
   "repo.wiki": "Wiki",
   "repo.wiki.welcome": "Welcome to the Wiki.",
   "repo.wiki.welcome_desc": "The wiki lets you write and share documentation with collaborators.",
@@ -1983,6 +1994,7 @@
   "repo.wiki.page_already_exists": "A wiki page with the same name already exists.",
   "repo.wiki.reserved_page": "The wiki page name \"%s\" is reserved.",
   "repo.wiki.pages": "Pages",
+  "repo.wiki.folder_empty": "This folder is empty.",
   "repo.wiki.last_updated": "Last updated %s",
   "repo.wiki.page_name_desc": "Enter a name for this Wiki page. Some special names are: 'Home', '_Sidebar' and '_Footer'.",
   "repo.wiki.original_git_entry_tooltip": "View original Git file instead of using friendly link.",
@@ -2149,15 +2161,15 @@
   "repo.settings.unit_visibility_private": "Private (follow repo visibility)",
   "repo.settings.unit_visibility_public": "Public (anyone can read)",
   "repo.settings.unit_visibility_releases_help": "Controls whether the releases page is visible to anonymous visitors.",
-  "repo.settings.licensing_section": "Licensing & Updates",
-  "repo.settings.licensing_section_desc": "Manage commercial license keys and gated update feeds for this repository. When enabled, the Licenses tab appears and release tags must follow update stream naming.",
+  "repo.settings.licensing_section": "Update Server",
+  "repo.settings.licensing_section_desc": "Manage update feeds and optional license key gating for this repository. When enabled, the Licenses tab appears and release tags are served via update feeds.",
   "repo.settings.update_platform": "Update Feed Format",
   "repo.settings.update_platform_both": "Both (Joomla + Dolibarr)",
   "repo.settings.update_platform_help": "Choose which update feed format to generate. All formats support license key validation.",
   "repo.settings.require_update_key": "Require license key for update feeds",
   "repo.settings.require_update_key_help": "When enabled, update feeds return empty results unless a valid license key is provided. Joomla clients will see a Download Key field in Update Sites.",
-  "repo.settings.enable_licensing": "Enable licensing for this repository",
-  "repo.settings.enable_licensing_help": "Show the Licenses tab and enable license key management for this repository.",
+  "repo.settings.enable_licensing": "Enable Update Server for this repository",
+  "repo.settings.enable_licensing_help": "Serve update feeds from releases and show the Licenses tab for optional key management.",
   "repo.settings.packages_desc": "Enable Repository Packages Registry",
   "repo.settings.projects_desc": "Enable Projects",
   "repo.settings.projects_mode_desc": "Projects Mode (which kinds of projects to show)",
@@ -2660,12 +2672,16 @@
   "repo.licenses.key_revoked": "License key revoked.",
   "repo.licenses.master_key_created": "Master License Key Created",
   "repo.licenses.master_key_created_copy": "This is your organization master key with unlimited access to all update channels. Copy it now — it will not be shown again.",
+  "repo.licenses.regenerate_master_key": "Regenerate",
+  "repo.licenses.regenerate_master_key_help": "Deactivates the current master key and generates a new one. The new key will be shown once.",
+  "repo.licenses.master_key_regenerated": "Master key regenerated. Copy the new key below — it will not be shown again.",
   "repo.licenses.update_feeds": "Update Feed URLs",
   "repo.licenses.edit_key": "Edit License Key",
   "repo.licenses.licensee_name": "Licensee Name",
   "repo.licenses.licensee_email": "Licensee Email",
   "repo.licenses.domain_restriction": "Domain Restriction",
-  "repo.licenses.domain_restriction_help": "Comma-separated list of allowed domains. Leave empty for no restriction.",
+  "repo.licenses.domain_restriction_help": "Comma-separated list of allowed domains. Leave empty to inherit from the package default.",
+  "repo.licenses.domain_restriction_package_help": "Default domain restriction for keys generated from this package. Comma-separated. Keys can override this.",
   "repo.licenses.use_package_default": "use package default",
   "repo.licenses.expires_at": "Expires At",
   "repo.licenses.expires_at_help": "Leave empty for no expiry (lifetime).",
@@ -2716,6 +2732,66 @@
   "repo.settings.download_gating": "Download Gating",
   "repo.settings.support_url": "Support / Product Page URL",
   "repo.settings.support_url_help": "Shown when downloads are gated. Can point to your wiki, product page, or external support site.",
+  "repo.settings.custom_fields": "Custom Fields",
+  "repo.settings.manifest": "Manifest",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_desc": "Project identity, governance, and build settings from the moko-platform manifest. These are accessible via API for Actions workflows and the moko-platform CLI.",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_identity": "Identity",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_name": "Project Name",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_org": "Organization",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_description": "Description",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_version": "Version",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_license_spdx": "License (SPDX)",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_license_name": "License Name",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_governance": "Governance",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_platform": "Platform",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_standards_version": "Standards Version",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_standards_source": "Standards Source",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_build": "Build",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_language": "Language",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_package_type": "Package Type",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_entry_point": "Entry Point",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_save": "Save Manifest",
+  "repo.settings.manifest_saved": "Manifest settings saved.",
+  "repo.settings.security": "Security",
+  "repo.settings.security_desc": "Security scanning detects secrets, vulnerabilities, and code issues across the repository.",
+  "repo.settings.security_scanners": "Scanners",
+  "repo.settings.security_enabled": "Enable security scanning",
+  "repo.settings.security_secret_scanner": "Secret Scanner - API keys, tokens, passwords, private keys",
+  "repo.settings.security_depend_scanner": "Dependency Scanner - CVEs in dependencies (coming soon)",
+  "repo.settings.security_code_scanner": "Code Scanner - SQL injection, XSS, command injection (coming soon)",
+  "repo.settings.security_config_scanner": "Config Scanner - Insecure settings, debug modes (coming soon)",
+  "repo.settings.security_license_scanner": "License Scanner - License compliance (coming soon)",
+  "repo.settings.security_block_on_push": "Block pushes with critical findings",
+  "repo.settings.security_block_on_push_help": "Reject pushes to the default branch if critical secrets are detected.",
+  "repo.settings.security_save": "Save Settings",
+  "repo.settings.security_saved": "Security settings saved.",
+  "repo.settings.security_alerts": "Security Alerts",
+  "repo.settings.security_scan_now": "Scan Now",
+  "repo.settings.security_scan_complete": "Security scan complete.",
+  "repo.settings.security_severity": "Severity",
+  "repo.settings.security_scanner_type": "Scanner",
+  "repo.settings.security_finding": "Finding",
+  "repo.settings.security_file": "File",
+  "repo.settings.security_status": "Status",
+  "repo.settings.security_no_alerts": "No security alerts found. Run a scan or push to the default branch to check.",
+  "repo.settings.metadata": "Metadata",
+  "repo.settings.metadata_saved": "Repository metadata saved.",
+  "repo.settings.metadata_empty": "No metadata fields defined. Org admins can add fields in Organization Settings > Custom Fields.",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_new": "New Field",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_create": "Create Field",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_name": "Field Name",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_type": "Type",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_description": "Description",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_options": "Options (JSON)",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_options_help": "JSON array for dropdown fields. e.g. [\"Low\",\"Medium\",\"High\"]",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_required": "Required",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_sort_order": "Sort Order",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_created": "Custom field created.",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_updated": "Custom field updated.",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_deleted": "Custom field deleted.",
+  "repo.settings.custom_field_confirm_delete": "Delete this custom field? All values stored for this field will be lost.",
+  "repo.settings.custom_fields_none": "No Custom Fields",
+  "repo.settings.custom_fields_none_desc": "Define custom fields to add structured metadata to issues.",
   "repo.settings.features": "Features",
   "repo.settings.features_units": "Units",
   "repo.settings.change_visibility": "Change Visibility",
@@ -2874,11 +2950,65 @@
   "org.form.create_org_not_allowed": "You are not allowed to create an organization.",
   "org.settings": "Settings",
   "org.settings.options": "Organization",
-  "org.settings.update_streams": "Licensing & Update Streams",
-  "org.settings.licensing": "Licensing",
-  "org.settings.licensing_desc": "Control commercial license key management and gated update feeds across all repositories in this organization.",
-  "org.settings.enable_licensing": "Enable licensing for this organization",
-  "org.settings.enable_licensing_help": "Show the Licenses page in the org menu and enable license key management. Individual repos can also enable licensing independently.",
+  "org.settings.custom_fields": "Custom Fields",
+  "org.settings.custom_fields_desc": "Define custom fields that appear across all repositories in this organization. Issue fields show in issue sidebars. Repo fields show in repo settings metadata.",
+  "org.settings.custom_fields_empty": "No custom fields defined yet.",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_add": "Add Custom Field",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_name": "Field Name",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_scope": "Scope",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_type": "Type",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_options": "Options (JSON)",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_options_help": "For dropdown fields, enter options as a JSON array.",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_description": "Description",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_created": "Custom field created.",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_updated": "Custom field updated.",
+  "org.settings.custom_field_deleted": "Custom field deleted.",
+  "org.settings.issue_statuses": "Issue Statuses",
+  "org.settings.issue_statuses_desc": "Define custom issue statuses for all repositories in this organization. Statuses appear in the issue sidebar and can automatically close or reopen issues.",
+  "org.settings.issue_statuses_empty": "No custom issue statuses defined yet.",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_add": "Add Status",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_name": "Status Name",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_color": "Color",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_description": "Description",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_closes_issue": "Closes issue",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_closes_issue_help": "When this status is selected, the issue will be automatically closed.",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_closes": "Closes",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_sort_order": "Sort Order",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_inactive": "Inactive",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_created": "Issue status created.",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_updated": "Issue status updated.",
+  "org.settings.issue_status_deleted": "Issue status deleted.",
+  "org.settings.issue_priorities": "Issue Priorities",
+  "org.settings.issue_priorities_desc": "Define priority levels for all repositories in this organization. Priorities appear in the issue sidebar.",
+  "org.settings.issue_priorities_empty": "No custom issue priorities defined yet.",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_add": "Add Priority",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_name": "Priority Name",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_color": "Color",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_description": "Description",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_default": "Default",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_default_help": "Auto-assigned to new issues.",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_sort_order": "Sort Order",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_inactive": "Inactive",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_created": "Issue priority created.",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_updated": "Issue priority updated.",
+  "org.settings.issue_priority_deleted": "Issue priority deleted.",
+  "org.settings.issue_types": "Issue Types",
+  "org.settings.issue_types_desc": "Define issue types for all repositories in this organization.",
+  "org.settings.issue_types_empty": "No custom issue types defined yet.",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_add": "Add Type",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_name": "Type Name",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_color": "Color",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_description": "Description",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_default": "Default",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_sort_order": "Sort Order",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_created": "Issue type created.",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_updated": "Issue type updated.",
+  "org.settings.issue_type_deleted": "Issue type deleted.",
+  "org.settings.update_streams": "Update Server",
+  "org.settings.licensing": "Update Server",
+  "org.settings.licensing_desc": "Manage update feeds and optional license key gating across all repositories in this organization.",
+  "org.settings.enable_licensing": "Enable Update Server for this organization",
+  "org.settings.enable_licensing_help": "Show the Licenses page in the org menu and serve update feeds. Individual repos can also enable this independently.",
   "org.settings.require_key": "Require license key for all update feeds",
   "org.settings.require_key_help": "Update feeds return empty results unless a valid key is provided. Joomla clients will see a Download Key field. Individual repos can override this.",
   "org.settings.feed_visibility": "Update Feed Visibility",

routers/api/v1/api.go

@@ -1479,6 +1479,9 @@ func Routes() *web.Router {
 							Delete(reqToken(), repo.DeleteTopic)
 					}, reqAdmin())
 				}, reqAnyRepoReader())
+				m.Combo("/manifest", reqRepoReader(unit.TypeCode)).
+					Get(repo.GetRepoManifest).
+					Put(reqToken(), reqAdmin(), repo.UpdateRepoManifest)
 				// MokoGitea badge engine
 				m.Get("/badge/{type}.svg", repo.GetRepoBadge)
 				m.Get("/issue_templates", reqRepoReader(unit.TypeCode), context.ReferencesGitRepo(), repo.GetIssueTemplates)
@@ -1655,21 +1658,15 @@ func Routes() *web.Router {
 //						})
 //					})
 //				})
-				m.Group("/custom-fields", func() {
-					m.Combo("").Get(repo.ListCustomFields).
-						Post(reqToken(), reqRepoWriter(unit.TypeIssues), bind(api.CreateCustomFieldOption{}), repo.CreateCustomField)
-					m.Group("/{fieldId}", func() {
-						m.Combo("").Get(repo.GetCustomField).
-							Patch(reqToken(), reqRepoWriter(unit.TypeIssues), bind(api.EditCustomFieldOption{}), repo.EditCustomField).
-							Delete(reqToken(), reqRepoWriter(unit.TypeIssues), repo.DeleteCustomField)
-					})
+				// Repo metadata (repo-scoped custom fields)
+				m.Group("/metadata", func() {
+					m.Get("", repo.GetRepoMetadata)
+					m.Put("", reqToken(), reqRepoWriter(unit.TypeCode), repo.SetRepoMetadata)
 				})
+				// Issue custom fields
 				m.Group("/issues/{index}/custom-fields", func() {
 					m.Get("", repo.GetIssueCustomFields)
-					m.Group("/{fieldId}", func() {
-						m.Put("", reqToken(), reqRepoWriter(unit.TypeIssues), bind(api.SetCustomFieldValueOption{}), repo.SetIssueCustomField)
-						m.Delete("", reqToken(), reqRepoWriter(unit.TypeIssues), repo.DeleteIssueCustomField)
-					})
+					m.Put("", reqToken(), reqRepoWriter(unit.TypeIssues), repo.SetIssueCustomFields)
 				})
 			}, repoAssignment(), checkTokenPublicOnly())
 		}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryIssue))
@@ -1771,6 +1768,11 @@ func Routes() *web.Router {
 					m.Delete("", org.UnblockUser)
 				})
 			}, reqToken(), reqOrgOwnership())
+			m.Group("/custom-fields", func() {
+				m.Get("", org.ListOrgCustomFields)
+				m.Post("", reqToken(), reqOrgOwnership(), org.CreateOrgCustomField)
+				m.Delete("/{id}", reqToken(), reqOrgOwnership(), org.DeleteOrgCustomField)
+			})
 		}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization), orgAssignment(true), checkTokenPublicOnly())
 		m.Group("/teams/{teamid}", func() {
 			m.Combo("").Get(reqToken(), org.GetTeam).

routers/api/v1/org/custom_fields.go

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package org
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"net/http"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+type apiCustomFieldDef struct {
+	ID          int64  `json:"id"`
+	OwnerID     int64  `json:"owner_id"`
+	Scope       string `json:"scope"`
+	Name        string `json:"name"`
+	FieldType   string `json:"field_type"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	Options     any    `json:"options"`
+	Required    bool   `json:"required"`
+	SortOrder   int    `json:"sort_order"`
+	IsActive    bool   `json:"is_active"`
+}
+
+func toAPIFieldDef(f *issues_model.CustomFieldDef) apiCustomFieldDef {
+	var opts any
+	if f.Options != "" {
+		var parsed []string
+		if json.Unmarshal([]byte(f.Options), &parsed) == nil {
+			opts = parsed
+		} else {
+			opts = f.Options
+		}
+	}
+	return apiCustomFieldDef{
+		ID:          f.ID,
+		OwnerID:     f.OwnerID,
+		Scope:       string(f.Scope),
+		Name:        f.Name,
+		FieldType:   string(f.FieldType),
+		Description: f.Description,
+		Options:     opts,
+		Required:    f.Required,
+		SortOrder:   f.SortOrder,
+		IsActive:    f.IsActive,
+	}
+}
+
+// ListOrgCustomFields returns all custom field definitions for an org.
+func ListOrgCustomFields(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	fields, err := issues_model.GetAllCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ctx.Org.Organization.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+	result := make([]apiCustomFieldDef, 0, len(fields))
+	for _, f := range fields {
+		result = append(result, toAPIFieldDef(f))
+	}
+	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, result)
+}
+
+// CreateOrgCustomField creates a new custom field definition.
+func CreateOrgCustomField(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	var req struct {
+		Scope       string   `json:"scope" binding:"Required"`
+		Name        string   `json:"name" binding:"Required"`
+		FieldType   string   `json:"field_type" binding:"Required"`
+		Description string   `json:"description"`
+		Options     []string `json:"options"`
+		Required    bool     `json:"required"`
+		SortOrder   int      `json:"sort_order"`
+	}
+	if err := ctx.Req.ParseForm(); err != nil {
+		ctx.APIError(http.StatusBadRequest, err)
+		return
+	}
+	if err := json.NewDecoder(ctx.Req.Body).Decode(&req); err != nil {
+		ctx.APIError(http.StatusBadRequest, err)
+		return
+	}
+	if req.Name == "" || req.Scope == "" {
+		ctx.APIError(http.StatusBadRequest, "name and scope are required")
+		return
+	}
+
+	scope := issues_model.CustomFieldScope(req.Scope)
+	if scope != issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue && scope != issues_model.CustomFieldScopeRepo {
+		ctx.APIError(http.StatusBadRequest, "scope must be 'issue' or 'repo'")
+		return
+	}
+
+	var optionsJSON string
+	if len(req.Options) > 0 {
+		data, _ := json.Marshal(req.Options)
+		optionsJSON = string(data)
+	}
+
+	field := &issues_model.CustomFieldDef{
+		OwnerID:     ctx.Org.Organization.ID,
+		RepoID:      0,
+		Scope:       scope,
+		Name:        req.Name,
+		FieldType:   issues_model.CustomFieldType(req.FieldType),
+		Description: req.Description,
+		Options:     optionsJSON,
+		Required:    req.Required,
+		SortOrder:   req.SortOrder,
+		IsActive:    true,
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.CreateCustomFieldDef(ctx, field); err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.JSON(http.StatusCreated, toAPIFieldDef(field))
+}
+
+// DeleteOrgCustomField deletes a custom field definition.
+func DeleteOrgCustomField(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorNotFound()
+		return
+	}
+	if field.OwnerID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.APIErrorNotFound()
+		return
+	}
+	if err := issues_model.DeleteCustomFieldDef(ctx, id); err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Status(http.StatusNoContent)
+}

routers/api/v1/repo/custom_field.go

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting. All rights reserved.
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-
-package repo
-
-import (
-	"net/http"
-
-	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
-	api "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/structs"
-	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/web"
-	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
-)
-
-func fieldToAPI(f *issues_model.CustomFieldDefinition) *api.CustomFieldDefinition {
-	return &api.CustomFieldDefinition{
-		ID:           f.ID,
-		RepoID:       f.RepoID,
-		Name:         f.Name,
-		FieldType:    f.FieldType,
-		Description:  f.Description,
-		Required:     f.Required,
-		Position:     f.Position,
-		Options:      f.Options,
-		DefaultValue: f.DefaultVal,
-		Created:      f.CreatedUnix.AsTime(),
-		Updated:      f.UpdatedUnix.AsTime(),
-	}
-}
-
-// ListCustomFields lists custom field definitions for a repository
-func ListCustomFields(ctx *context.APIContext) {
-	fields, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByRepoID(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.ID)
-	if err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	result := make([]*api.CustomFieldDefinition, len(fields))
-	for i, f := range fields {
-		result[i] = fieldToAPI(f)
-	}
-	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, result)
-}
-
-// GetCustomField gets a custom field definition by ID
-func GetCustomField(ctx *context.APIContext) {
-	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldByID(ctx, ctx.PathParamInt64("fieldId"))
-	if err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	if field == nil || field.RepoID != ctx.Repo.Repository.ID {
-		ctx.APIErrorNotFound()
-		return
-	}
-	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, fieldToAPI(field))
-}
-
-// CreateCustomField creates a new custom field definition
-func CreateCustomField(ctx *context.APIContext) {
-	form := web.GetForm(ctx).(*api.CreateCustomFieldOption)
-
-	validTypes := map[string]bool{"text": true, "number": true, "date": true, "dropdown": true, "checkbox": true}
-	if !validTypes[form.FieldType] {
-		ctx.APIError(http.StatusUnprocessableEntity, "field_type must be: text, number, date, dropdown, or checkbox")
-		return
-	}
-
-	field := &issues_model.CustomFieldDefinition{
-		RepoID:      ctx.Repo.Repository.ID,
-		Name:        form.Name,
-		FieldType:   form.FieldType,
-		Description: form.Description,
-		Required:    form.Required,
-		Position:    form.Position,
-		Options:     form.Options,
-		DefaultVal:  form.DefaultValue,
-	}
-	if err := issues_model.CreateCustomField(ctx, field); err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	ctx.JSON(http.StatusCreated, fieldToAPI(field))
-}
-
-// EditCustomField updates a custom field definition
-func EditCustomField(ctx *context.APIContext) {
-	form := web.GetForm(ctx).(*api.EditCustomFieldOption)
-	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldByID(ctx, ctx.PathParamInt64("fieldId"))
-	if err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	if field == nil || field.RepoID != ctx.Repo.Repository.ID {
-		ctx.APIErrorNotFound()
-		return
-	}
-
-	if form.Name != nil {
-		field.Name = *form.Name
-	}
-	if form.Description != nil {
-		field.Description = *form.Description
-	}
-	if form.Required != nil {
-		field.Required = *form.Required
-	}
-	if form.Position != nil {
-		field.Position = *form.Position
-	}
-	if form.Options != nil {
-		field.Options = *form.Options
-	}
-	if form.DefaultValue != nil {
-		field.DefaultVal = *form.DefaultValue
-	}
-
-	if err := issues_model.UpdateCustomField(ctx, field); err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, fieldToAPI(field))
-}
-
-// DeleteCustomField deletes a custom field and all its values
-func DeleteCustomField(ctx *context.APIContext) {
-	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldByID(ctx, ctx.PathParamInt64("fieldId"))
-	if err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	if field == nil || field.RepoID != ctx.Repo.Repository.ID {
-		ctx.APIErrorNotFound()
-		return
-	}
-	if err := issues_model.DeleteCustomField(ctx, field.ID); err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	ctx.Status(http.StatusNoContent)
-}
-
-// GetIssueCustomFields gets all custom field values for an issue
-func GetIssueCustomFields(ctx *context.APIContext) {
-	values, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldValues(ctx, ctx.PathParamInt64("index"))
-	if err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	result := make([]*api.CustomFieldValue, len(values))
-	for i, v := range values {
-		result[i] = &api.CustomFieldValue{
-			ID:      v.ID,
-			IssueID: v.IssueID,
-			FieldID: v.FieldID,
-			Value:   v.Value,
-		}
-	}
-	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, result)
-}
-
-// SetIssueCustomField sets a custom field value on an issue
-func SetIssueCustomField(ctx *context.APIContext) {
-	form := web.GetForm(ctx).(*api.SetCustomFieldValueOption)
-	issueID := ctx.PathParamInt64("index")
-	fieldID := ctx.PathParamInt64("fieldId")
-
-	// Verify field belongs to this repo
-	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldByID(ctx, fieldID)
-	if err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	if field == nil || field.RepoID != ctx.Repo.Repository.ID {
-		ctx.APIErrorNotFound()
-		return
-	}
-
-	if err := issues_model.SetCustomFieldValue(ctx, issueID, fieldID, form.Value); err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	ctx.Status(http.StatusNoContent)
-}
-
-// DeleteIssueCustomField removes a custom field value from an issue
-func DeleteIssueCustomField(ctx *context.APIContext) {
-	issueID := ctx.PathParamInt64("index")
-	fieldID := ctx.PathParamInt64("fieldId")
-
-	if err := issues_model.DeleteCustomFieldValue(ctx, issueID, fieldID); err != nil {
-		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
-		return
-	}
-	ctx.Status(http.StatusNoContent)
-}

routers/api/v1/repo/custom_fields.go

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repo
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"net/http"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+// GetRepoMetadata returns all repo-scoped custom field values.
+func GetRepoMetadata(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	ownerID := ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID
+	repoID := ctx.Repo.Repository.ID
+
+	fields, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ownerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeRepo)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	values, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldValuesMap(ctx, repoID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	result := make(map[string]string, len(fields))
+	for _, f := range fields {
+		result[f.Name] = values[f.ID]
+	}
+	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, result)
+}
+
+// SetRepoMetadata sets repo-scoped custom field values.
+func SetRepoMetadata(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	ownerID := ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID
+	repoID := ctx.Repo.Repository.ID
+
+	var req map[string]string
+	if err := json.NewDecoder(ctx.Req.Body).Decode(&req); err != nil {
+		ctx.APIError(http.StatusBadRequest, err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	fields, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ownerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeRepo)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Build name->ID map
+	nameToID := make(map[string]int64, len(fields))
+	for _, f := range fields {
+		nameToID[f.Name] = f.ID
+	}
+
+	for name, value := range req {
+		if fieldID, ok := nameToID[name]; ok {
+			if err := issues_model.SetCustomFieldValue(ctx, repoID, fieldID, value); err != nil {
+				ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+				return
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	ctx.Status(http.StatusNoContent)
+}
+
+// GetIssueCustomFields returns custom field values for an issue.
+func GetIssueCustomFields(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	issue, err := issues_model.GetIssueByIndex(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.ID, ctx.PathParamInt64("index"))
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorNotFound()
+		return
+	}
+
+	ownerID := ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID
+	fields, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ownerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	values, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldValuesMap(ctx, issue.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	result := make(map[string]string, len(fields))
+	for _, f := range fields {
+		result[f.Name] = values[f.ID]
+	}
+	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, result)
+}
+
+// SetIssueCustomFields sets custom field values for an issue.
+func SetIssueCustomFields(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	issue, err := issues_model.GetIssueByIndex(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.ID, ctx.PathParamInt64("index"))
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorNotFound()
+		return
+	}
+
+	var req map[string]string
+	if err := json.NewDecoder(ctx.Req.Body).Decode(&req); err != nil {
+		ctx.APIError(http.StatusBadRequest, err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ownerID := ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID
+	fields, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ownerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	nameToID := make(map[string]int64, len(fields))
+	for _, f := range fields {
+		nameToID[f.Name] = f.ID
+	}
+
+	for name, value := range req {
+		if fieldID, ok := nameToID[name]; ok {
+			if err := issues_model.SetCustomFieldValue(ctx, issue.ID, fieldID, value); err != nil {
+				ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+				return
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	ctx.Status(http.StatusNoContent)
+}

routers/api/v1/repo/issue.go

@@ -289,6 +289,12 @@ func SearchIssues(ctx *context.APIContext) {
 		}
 	}
 
+	if cfFilters, cfErr := parseAPICustomFieldFilters(ctx); cfErr != nil {
+		return
+	} else if len(cfFilters) > 0 {
+		searchOpt.CustomFieldFilters = cfFilters
+	}
+
 	ids, total, err := issue_indexer.SearchIssues(ctx, searchOpt)
 	if err != nil {
 		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
@@ -517,6 +523,12 @@ func ListIssues(ctx *context.APIContext) {
 		searchOpt.MentionID = optional.Some(mentionedByID)
 	}
 
+	if cfFilters, cfErr := parseAPICustomFieldFilters(ctx); cfErr != nil {
+		return
+	} else if len(cfFilters) > 0 {
+		searchOpt.CustomFieldFilters = cfFilters
+	}
+
 	ids, total, err := issue_indexer.SearchIssues(ctx, searchOpt)
 	if err != nil {
 		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
@@ -553,6 +565,25 @@ func getUserIDForFilter(ctx *context.APIContext, queryName string) int64 {
 	return user.ID
 }
 
+// parseAPICustomFieldFilters extracts cf_{fieldID}=value query parameters.
+// Returns an error (and writes a 400 response) if a field ID is non-numeric or non-positive.
+func parseAPICustomFieldFilters(ctx *context.APIContext) (map[int64]string, error) {
+	filters := make(map[int64]string)
+	for key, values := range ctx.Req.URL.Query() {
+		after, ok := strings.CutPrefix(key, "cf_")
+		if !ok || len(values) == 0 || values[0] == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		fieldID, err := strconv.ParseInt(after, 10, 64)
+		if err != nil || fieldID <= 0 {
+			ctx.APIError(http.StatusBadRequest, fmt.Sprintf("invalid custom field filter: cf_%s must use a positive numeric field ID", after))
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid cf_ param")
+		}
+		filters[fieldID] = values[0]
+	}
+	return filters, nil
+}
+
 // GetIssue get an issue of a repository
 func GetIssue(ctx *context.APIContext) {
 	// swagger:operation GET /repos/{owner}/{repo}/issues/{index} issue issueGetIssue
@@ -702,6 +733,29 @@ func CreateIssue(ctx *context.APIContext) {
 		return
 	}
 
+	// Save custom field values if provided (resolve field names to IDs).
+	if len(form.CustomFields) > 0 {
+		defs, defErr := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue)
+		if defErr != nil {
+			ctx.APIErrorInternal(defErr)
+			return
+		}
+		if len(defs) > 0 {
+			vals := make(map[int64]string)
+			for _, def := range defs {
+				if v, ok := form.CustomFields[def.Name]; ok {
+					vals[def.ID] = v
+				}
+			}
+			if len(vals) > 0 {
+				if setErr := issues_model.SetCustomFieldValues(ctx, issue.ID, vals); setErr != nil {
+					ctx.APIErrorInternal(setErr)
+					return
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
 	if form.Closed {
 		if err := issue_service.CloseIssue(ctx, issue, ctx.Doer, ""); err != nil {
 			if issues_model.IsErrDependenciesLeft(err) {

routers/api/v1/repo/manifest.go

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repo
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"net/http"
+
+	repo_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/repo"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+// apiManifest is the JSON representation of a repo manifest.
+type apiManifest struct {
+	Name             string `json:"name"`
+	Org              string `json:"org"`
+	Description      string `json:"description"`
+	Version          string `json:"version"`
+	LicenseSPDX      string `json:"license_spdx"`
+	LicenseName      string `json:"license_name"`
+	Platform         string `json:"platform"`
+	StandardsVersion string `json:"standards_version"`
+	StandardsSource  string `json:"standards_source"`
+	Language         string `json:"language"`
+	PackageType      string `json:"package_type"`
+	EntryPoint       string `json:"entry_point"`
+}
+
+// GetRepoManifest returns the manifest settings for a repository.
+func GetRepoManifest(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	// swagger:operation GET /repos/{owner}/{repo}/manifest repository repoGetManifest
+	// ---
+	// summary: Get repo manifest settings
+	// produces:
+	// - application/json
+	// responses:
+	//   "200":
+	//     "$ref": "#/responses/Manifest"
+	//   "404":
+	//     "$ref": "#/responses/notFound"
+	m, err := repo_model.GetRepoManifest(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+	if m == nil {
+		// Return defaults from repo metadata.
+		ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, &apiManifest{
+			Name:        ctx.Repo.Repository.Name,
+			Org:         ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerName,
+			Description: ctx.Repo.Repository.Description,
+		})
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, &apiManifest{
+		Name:             m.Name,
+		Org:              m.Org,
+		Description:      m.Description,
+		Version:          m.Version,
+		LicenseSPDX:      m.LicenseSPDX,
+		LicenseName:      m.LicenseName,
+		Platform:         m.Platform,
+		StandardsVersion: m.StandardsVersion,
+		StandardsSource:  m.StandardsSource,
+		Language:         m.Language,
+		PackageType:      m.PackageType,
+		EntryPoint:       m.EntryPoint,
+	})
+}
+
+// UpdateRepoManifest updates the manifest settings for a repository.
+func UpdateRepoManifest(ctx *context.APIContext) {
+	// swagger:operation PUT /repos/{owner}/{repo}/manifest repository repoUpdateManifest
+	// ---
+	// summary: Update repo manifest settings
+	// consumes:
+	// - application/json
+	// produces:
+	// - application/json
+	// responses:
+	//   "200":
+	//     "$ref": "#/responses/Manifest"
+	var req apiManifest
+	if err := json.NewDecoder(ctx.Req.Body).Decode(&req); err != nil {
+		ctx.APIError(http.StatusBadRequest, err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	m := &repo_model.RepoManifest{
+		RepoID:           ctx.Repo.Repository.ID,
+		Name:             req.Name,
+		Org:              req.Org,
+		Description:      req.Description,
+		Version:          req.Version,
+		LicenseSPDX:      req.LicenseSPDX,
+		LicenseName:      req.LicenseName,
+		Platform:         req.Platform,
+		StandardsVersion: req.StandardsVersion,
+		StandardsSource:  req.StandardsSource,
+		Language:         req.Language,
+		PackageType:      req.PackageType,
+		EntryPoint:       req.EntryPoint,
+	}
+
+	if err := repo_model.CreateOrUpdateRepoManifest(ctx, m); err != nil {
+		ctx.APIErrorInternal(err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.JSON(http.StatusOK, &apiManifest{
+		Name:             m.Name,
+		Org:              m.Org,
+		Description:      m.Description,
+		Version:          m.Version,
+		LicenseSPDX:      m.LicenseSPDX,
+		LicenseName:      m.LicenseName,
+		Platform:         m.Platform,
+		StandardsVersion: m.StandardsVersion,
+		StandardsSource:  m.StandardsSource,
+		Language:         m.Language,
+		PackageType:      m.PackageType,
+		EntryPoint:       m.EntryPoint,
+	})
+}

routers/web/org/custom_fields.go

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package org
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"strconv"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+const tplOrgCustomFields templates.TplName = "org/settings/custom_fields"
+
+// SettingsCustomFields shows the org-level custom fields management page.
+func SettingsCustomFields(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("org.settings.custom_fields")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsOrgSettings"] = true
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsCustomFields"] = true
+
+	fields, err := issues_model.GetAllCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ctx.Org.Organization.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAllCustomFieldsByOwner", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFields"] = fields
+
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplOrgCustomFields)
+}
+
+// SettingsCustomFieldsCreatePost creates a new org-level custom field.
+func SettingsCustomFieldsCreatePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+	scope := issues_model.CustomFieldScope(ctx.FormString("scope"))
+	if scope != issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue && scope != issues_model.CustomFieldScopeRepo {
+		scope = issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue
+	}
+
+	field := &issues_model.CustomFieldDef{
+		OwnerID:     ctx.Org.Organization.ID,
+		RepoID:      0, // org-level
+		Scope:       scope,
+		Name:        ctx.FormString("name"),
+		FieldType:   issues_model.CustomFieldType(ctx.FormString("field_type")),
+		Description: ctx.FormString("description"),
+		Options:     ctx.FormString("options"),
+		Required:    ctx.FormString("required") == "on",
+		SortOrder:   sortOrder,
+		IsActive:    true,
+	}
+
+	if field.Name == "" {
+		ctx.Flash.Error("Field name is required")
+		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/custom-fields")
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.CreateCustomFieldDef(ctx, field); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("CreateCustomFieldDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.custom_field_created"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/custom-fields")
+}
+
+// SettingsCustomFieldsEditPost updates an org-level custom field.
+func SettingsCustomFieldsEditPost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetCustomFieldDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if field.OwnerID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	field.Name = ctx.FormString("name")
+	field.FieldType = issues_model.CustomFieldType(ctx.FormString("field_type"))
+	field.Description = ctx.FormString("description")
+	field.Options = ctx.FormString("options")
+	field.Required = ctx.FormString("required") == "on"
+	field.IsActive = ctx.FormString("is_active") == "on"
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+	field.SortOrder = sortOrder
+
+	if err := issues_model.UpdateCustomFieldDef(ctx, field); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("UpdateCustomFieldDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.custom_field_updated"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/custom-fields")
+}
+
+// SettingsCustomFieldsDeletePost deletes an org-level custom field.
+func SettingsCustomFieldsDeletePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetCustomFieldDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if field.OwnerID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.DeleteCustomFieldDef(ctx, id); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("DeleteCustomFieldDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.custom_field_deleted"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/custom-fields")
+}

routers/web/org/issue_priorities.go

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package org
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"strconv"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+const tplOrgIssuePriorities templates.TplName = "org/settings/issue_priorities"
+
+// SettingsIssuePriorities shows the org-level issue priorities management page.
+func SettingsIssuePriorities(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_priorities")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsOrgSettings"] = true
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsIssuePriorities"] = true
+
+	defs, err := issues_model.GetAllIssuePriorityDefsByOrg(ctx, ctx.Org.Organization.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAllIssuePriorityDefsByOrg", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["IssuePriorities"] = defs
+
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplOrgIssuePriorities)
+}
+
+// SettingsIssuePrioritiesCreatePost creates a new org-level issue priority.
+func SettingsIssuePrioritiesCreatePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+
+	def := &issues_model.IssuePriorityDef{
+		OrgID:       ctx.Org.Organization.ID,
+		Name:        ctx.FormString("name"),
+		Color:       ctx.FormString("color"),
+		Description: ctx.FormString("description"),
+		SortOrder:   sortOrder,
+		IsDefault:   ctx.FormString("is_default") == "on",
+		IsActive:    true,
+	}
+
+	if def.Name == "" {
+		ctx.Flash.Error("Priority name is required")
+		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-priorities")
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.CreateIssuePriorityDef(ctx, def); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("CreateIssuePriorityDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_priority_created"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-priorities")
+}
+
+// SettingsIssuePrioritiesEditPost updates an org-level issue priority.
+func SettingsIssuePrioritiesEditPost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	def, err := issues_model.GetIssuePriorityDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssuePriorityDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if def.OrgID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	def.Name = ctx.FormString("name")
+	def.Color = ctx.FormString("color")
+	def.Description = ctx.FormString("description")
+	def.IsDefault = ctx.FormString("is_default") == "on"
+	def.IsActive = ctx.FormString("is_active") == "on"
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+	def.SortOrder = sortOrder
+
+	if err := issues_model.UpdateIssuePriorityDef(ctx, def); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("UpdateIssuePriorityDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_priority_updated"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-priorities")
+}
+
+// SettingsIssuePrioritiesDeletePost deletes an org-level issue priority.
+func SettingsIssuePrioritiesDeletePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	def, err := issues_model.GetIssuePriorityDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssuePriorityDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if def.OrgID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.DeleteIssuePriorityDef(ctx, id); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("DeleteIssuePriorityDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_priority_deleted"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-priorities")
+}

routers/web/org/issue_statuses.go

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package org
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"strconv"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+const tplOrgIssueStatuses templates.TplName = "org/settings/issue_statuses"
+
+// SettingsIssueStatuses shows the org-level issue statuses management page.
+func SettingsIssueStatuses(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_statuses")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsOrgSettings"] = true
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsIssueStatuses"] = true
+
+	defs, err := issues_model.GetAllIssueStatusDefsByOrg(ctx, ctx.Org.Organization.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAllIssueStatusDefsByOrg", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["IssueStatuses"] = defs
+
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplOrgIssueStatuses)
+}
+
+// SettingsIssueStatusesCreatePost creates a new org-level issue status.
+func SettingsIssueStatusesCreatePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+
+	def := &issues_model.IssueStatusDef{
+		OrgID:       ctx.Org.Organization.ID,
+		Name:        ctx.FormString("name"),
+		Color:       ctx.FormString("color"),
+		Description: ctx.FormString("description"),
+		ClosesIssue: ctx.FormString("closes_issue") == "on",
+		SortOrder:   sortOrder,
+		IsActive:    true,
+	}
+
+	if def.Name == "" {
+		ctx.Flash.Error("Status name is required")
+		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-statuses")
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.CreateIssueStatusDef(ctx, def); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("CreateIssueStatusDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_status_created"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-statuses")
+}
+
+// SettingsIssueStatusesEditPost updates an org-level issue status.
+func SettingsIssueStatusesEditPost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	def, err := issues_model.GetIssueStatusDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssueStatusDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if def.OrgID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	def.Name = ctx.FormString("name")
+	def.Color = ctx.FormString("color")
+	def.Description = ctx.FormString("description")
+	def.ClosesIssue = ctx.FormString("closes_issue") == "on"
+	def.IsActive = ctx.FormString("is_active") == "on"
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+	def.SortOrder = sortOrder
+
+	if err := issues_model.UpdateIssueStatusDef(ctx, def); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("UpdateIssueStatusDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_status_updated"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-statuses")
+}
+
+// SettingsIssueStatusesDeletePost deletes an org-level issue status.
+func SettingsIssueStatusesDeletePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	def, err := issues_model.GetIssueStatusDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssueStatusDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if def.OrgID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.DeleteIssueStatusDef(ctx, id); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("DeleteIssueStatusDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_status_deleted"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-statuses")
+}

routers/web/org/issue_types.go

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package org
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"strconv"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+const tplOrgIssueTypes templates.TplName = "org/settings/issue_types"
+
+func SettingsIssueTypes(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_types")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsOrgSettings"] = true
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsIssueTypes"] = true
+
+	defs, err := issues_model.GetAllIssueTypeDefsByOrg(ctx, ctx.Org.Organization.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAllIssueTypeDefsByOrg", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["IssueTypes"] = defs
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplOrgIssueTypes)
+}
+
+func SettingsIssueTypesCreatePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+	def := &issues_model.IssueTypeDef{
+		OrgID:       ctx.Org.Organization.ID,
+		Name:        ctx.FormString("name"),
+		Color:       ctx.FormString("color"),
+		Description: ctx.FormString("description"),
+		SortOrder:   sortOrder,
+		IsDefault:   ctx.FormString("is_default") == "on",
+		IsActive:    true,
+	}
+	if def.Name == "" {
+		ctx.Flash.Error("Type name is required")
+		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-types")
+		return
+	}
+	if err := issues_model.CreateIssueTypeDef(ctx, def); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("CreateIssueTypeDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_type_created"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-types")
+}
+
+func SettingsIssueTypesEditPost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	def, err := issues_model.GetIssueTypeDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssueTypeDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if def.OrgID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+	def.Name = ctx.FormString("name")
+	def.Color = ctx.FormString("color")
+	def.Description = ctx.FormString("description")
+	def.IsDefault = ctx.FormString("is_default") == "on"
+	def.IsActive = ctx.FormString("is_active") == "on"
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+	def.SortOrder = sortOrder
+	if err := issues_model.UpdateIssueTypeDef(ctx, def); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("UpdateIssueTypeDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_type_updated"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-types")
+}
+
+func SettingsIssueTypesDeletePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	def, err := issues_model.GetIssueTypeDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssueTypeDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if def.OrgID != ctx.Org.Organization.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+	if err := issues_model.DeleteIssueTypeDef(ctx, id); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("DeleteIssueTypeDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("org.settings.issue_type_deleted"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Org.OrgLink + "/settings/issue-types")
+}

routers/web/org/licenses.go

@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func Licenses(ctx *context.Context) {
 		}
 	}
 
-	pkgs, err := licenses.ListLicensePackages(ctx, ownerID)
+	pkgs, err := licenses.ListLicensePackagesWithAncestors(ctx, ownerID)
 	if err != nil {
 		ctx.ServerError("ListLicensePackages", err)
 		return
@@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ func Licenses(ctx *context.Context) {
 
 	var keys []*licenses.LicenseKey
 	if searchQuery != "" {
-		keys, err = licenses.SearchLicenseKeys(ctx, ownerID, searchQuery)
+		keys, err = licenses.SearchLicenseKeysWithAncestors(ctx, ownerID, searchQuery)
 	} else {
-		keys, err = licenses.ListLicenseKeys(ctx, ownerID)
+		keys, err = licenses.ListLicenseKeysWithAncestors(ctx, ownerID)
 	}
 	if err != nil {
 		ctx.ServerError("ListLicenseKeys", err)

routers/web/repo/compare.go

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ func (cpi *comparePageInfoType) prepareCreatePullRequestPage(ctx *context.Contex
 			if ctx.Written() {
 				return
 			}
-			_, templateErrs := setTemplateIfExists(ctx, pullRequestTemplateKey, pullRequestTemplateCandidates, pageMetaData)
+			_, templateErrs, _ := setTemplateIfExists(ctx, pullRequestTemplateKey, pullRequestTemplateCandidates, pageMetaData)
 			if len(templateErrs) > 0 {
 				ctx.Flash.Warning(renderErrorOfTemplates(ctx, templateErrs), true)
 			}

routers/web/repo/download_gating.go

@@ -30,6 +30,12 @@ func CheckDownloadGating(ctx *context.Context, tagName string) bool {
 		return true // no download gating configured
 	}
 
+	// Signed-in users with repo access bypass download gating.
+	// The gate is for anonymous/external clients (Joomla update checker).
+	if ctx.IsSigned && ctx.Repo.Permission.HasAnyUnitAccess() {
+		return true
+	}
+
 	// For prerelease-only gating, check if this is a prerelease tag.
 	if gating == "prerelease" && tagName != "" {
 		streams := licenses.GetEffectiveStreams(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)

routers/web/repo/issue_comment.go

@@ -184,6 +184,45 @@ func NewComment(ctx *context.Context) {
 		}
 	} // end if: handle close or reopen
 
+	// Handle custom status from the status dropdown (replaces close button for issues with org statuses).
+	if statusIDStr := ctx.Req.FormValue("status_id"); statusIDStr != "" && statusIDStr != "" {
+		if statusIDStr == "reopen" {
+			// Reopen via dropdown
+			if issue.IsClosed {
+				if err := issue_service.ReopenIssue(ctx, issue, ctx.Doer, ""); err != nil {
+					log.Error("ReopenIssue via status dropdown: %v", err)
+				}
+				if err := issues_model.SetIssueStatusID(ctx, issue.ID, 0); err != nil {
+					log.Error("SetIssueStatusID: %v", err)
+				}
+			}
+		} else if statusIDStr == "close" {
+			// Plain close via dropdown
+			if !issue.IsClosed {
+				if err := issue_service.CloseIssue(ctx, issue, ctx.Doer, ""); err != nil {
+					log.Error("CloseIssue via status dropdown: %v", err)
+				}
+			}
+		} else if statusID, err := strconv.ParseInt(statusIDStr, 10, 64); err == nil && statusID > 0 {
+			// Custom status selected
+			statusDef, err := issues_model.GetIssueStatusDefByID(ctx, statusID)
+			if err == nil && statusDef.OrgID == ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID {
+				if err := issues_model.SetIssueStatusID(ctx, issue.ID, statusID); err != nil {
+					log.Error("SetIssueStatusID: %v", err)
+				}
+				if statusDef.ClosesIssue && !issue.IsClosed {
+					if err := issue_service.CloseIssue(ctx, issue, ctx.Doer, ""); err != nil {
+						log.Error("CloseIssue via custom status: %v", err)
+					}
+				} else if !statusDef.ClosesIssue && issue.IsClosed {
+					if err := issue_service.ReopenIssue(ctx, issue, ctx.Doer, ""); err != nil {
+						log.Error("ReopenIssue via custom status: %v", err)
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
 	ctx.JSONRedirect(redirect)
 }
 

routers/web/repo/issue_custom_field.go

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repo
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+// UpdateIssueCustomField handles POST to set a custom field value on an issue.
+func UpdateIssueCustomField(ctx *context.Context) {
+	issueID := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	fieldID := ctx.PathParamInt64("field_id")
+	value := ctx.FormString("value")
+
+	// Look up issue to get the index for redirect.
+	issue, err := issues_model.GetIssueByID(ctx, issueID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssueByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.SetCustomFieldValue(ctx, issueID, fieldID, value); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("SetCustomFieldValue", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Redirect(fmt.Sprintf("%s/issues/%d", ctx.Repo.RepoLink, issue.Index), http.StatusSeeOther)
+}

routers/web/repo/issue_custom_priority.go

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repo
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+// UpdateIssueCustomPriority handles POST to set a custom priority on an issue.
+func UpdateIssueCustomPriority(ctx *context.Context) {
+	issueID := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	priorityID := ctx.FormInt64("priority_id")
+
+	issue, err := issues_model.GetIssueByID(ctx, issueID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssueByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Validate the priority belongs to this repo's org.
+	if priorityID > 0 {
+		priorityDef, err := issues_model.GetIssuePriorityDefByID(ctx, priorityID)
+		if err != nil {
+			ctx.ServerError("GetIssuePriorityDefByID", err)
+			return
+		}
+		if priorityDef.OrgID != ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID {
+			ctx.NotFound(nil)
+			return
+		}
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.SetIssuePriorityID(ctx, issueID, priorityID); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("SetIssuePriorityID", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Redirect(fmt.Sprintf("%s/issues/%d", ctx.Repo.RepoLink, issue.Index), http.StatusSeeOther)
+}

routers/web/repo/issue_custom_status.go

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repo
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/log"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+	issue_service "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/issue"
+)
+
+// UpdateIssueCustomStatus handles POST to set a custom status on an issue.
+// If the chosen status has ClosesIssue=true, the issue is automatically closed.
+// If the chosen status has ClosesIssue=false and the issue is closed, it is reopened.
+func UpdateIssueCustomStatus(ctx *context.Context) {
+	issueID := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	statusID := ctx.FormInt64("status_id")
+
+	issue, err := issues_model.GetIssueByID(ctx, issueID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssueByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Validate the status belongs to this repo's org (or is being cleared).
+	if statusID > 0 {
+		statusDef, err := issues_model.GetIssueStatusDefByID(ctx, statusID)
+		if err != nil {
+			ctx.ServerError("GetIssueStatusDefByID", err)
+			return
+		}
+		if statusDef.OrgID != ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID {
+			ctx.NotFound(nil)
+			return
+		}
+
+		// Handle automatic close/reopen based on the status definition.
+		if statusDef.ClosesIssue && !issue.IsClosed {
+			if err := issue_service.CloseIssue(ctx, issue, ctx.Doer, ""); err != nil {
+				log.Error("UpdateIssueCustomStatus: CloseIssue: %v", err)
+			}
+		} else if !statusDef.ClosesIssue && issue.IsClosed {
+			if err := issue_service.ReopenIssue(ctx, issue, ctx.Doer, ""); err != nil {
+				log.Error("UpdateIssueCustomStatus: ReopenIssue: %v", err)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.SetIssueStatusID(ctx, issueID, statusID); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("SetIssueStatusID", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Redirect(fmt.Sprintf("%s/issues/%d", ctx.Repo.RepoLink, issue.Index), http.StatusSeeOther)
+}

routers/web/repo/issue_custom_type.go

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repo
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+// UpdateIssueCustomType handles POST to set a custom type on an issue.
+func UpdateIssueCustomType(ctx *context.Context) {
+	issueID := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	typeID := ctx.FormInt64("type_id")
+
+	issue, err := issues_model.GetIssueByID(ctx, issueID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetIssueByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if typeID > 0 {
+		typeDef, err := issues_model.GetIssueTypeDefByID(ctx, typeID)
+		if err != nil {
+			ctx.ServerError("GetIssueTypeDefByID", err)
+			return
+		}
+		if typeDef.OrgID != ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID {
+			ctx.NotFound(nil)
+			return
+		}
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.SetIssueTypeID(ctx, issueID, typeID); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("SetIssueTypeID", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Redirect(fmt.Sprintf("%s/issues/%d", ctx.Repo.RepoLink, issue.Index), http.StatusSeeOther)
+}

routers/web/repo/issue_list.go

@@ -5,8 +5,11 @@ package repo
 
 import (
 	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
 	"maps"
 	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
 	"slices"
 	"sort"
 	"strconv"
@@ -521,20 +524,60 @@ func prepareIssueFilterAndList(ctx *context.Context, milestoneID int64, projectI
 
 	prepareIssueFilterExclusiveOrderScopes(ctx, preparedLabelFilter.AllLabels)
 
+	// Parse custom field filters from query params (cf_{fieldID}={value}).
+	customFieldFilters := parseCustomFieldQueryParams(ctx.Req.URL.Query())
+
+	// Load custom field definitions for the filter UI.
+	// If this fails, clear filters so users don't get invisible filtering.
+	customFieldDefs, cfErr := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, repo.OwnerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue)
+	if cfErr != nil {
+		log.Error("prepareIssueFilterAndList: GetCustomFieldsByOwner: %v", cfErr)
+		customFieldFilters = make(map[int64]string)
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldDefs"] = customFieldDefs
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldFilters"] = customFieldFilters
+
+	// Load first-class field definitions for issue list badges
+	issueStatusDefs, _ := issues_model.GetIssueStatusDefsByOrg(ctx, repo.OwnerID)
+	ctx.Data["IssueStatusDefs"] = issueStatusDefs
+	issuePriorityDefs, _ := issues_model.GetIssuePriorityDefsByOrg(ctx, repo.OwnerID)
+	ctx.Data["IssuePriorityDefs"] = issuePriorityDefs
+	issueTypeDefs, _ := issues_model.GetIssueTypeDefsByOrg(ctx, repo.OwnerID)
+	ctx.Data["IssueTypeDefs"] = issueTypeDefs
+	// Build a query string fragment for cf_ params so they survive pagination/sort changes.
+	cfQuery := make(url.Values)
+	for fieldID, value := range customFieldFilters {
+		cfQuery.Set(fmt.Sprintf("cf_%d", fieldID), value)
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldQueryString"] = cfQuery.Encode()
+	fieldOptions := make(map[int64][]string)
+	for _, f := range customFieldDefs {
+		if f.Options != "" {
+			var opts []string
+			if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(f.Options), &opts); err != nil {
+				log.Error("prepareIssueFilterAndList: invalid options JSON for field %d (%s): %v", f.ID, f.Name, err)
+			} else {
+				fieldOptions[f.ID] = opts
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldOptions"] = fieldOptions
+
 	var keywordMatchedIssueIDs []int64
 	var issueStats *issues_model.IssueStats
 	statsOpts := &issues_model.IssuesOptions{
-		RepoIDs:           []int64{repo.ID},
-		LabelIDs:          preparedLabelFilter.SelectedLabelIDs,
-		MilestoneIDs:      mileIDs,
-		ProjectIDs:        projectIDs,
-		AssigneeID:        assigneeID,
-		MentionedID:       mentionedID,
-		PosterID:          posterUserID,
-		ReviewRequestedID: reviewRequestedID,
-		ReviewedID:        reviewedID,
-		IsPull:            isPullOption,
-		IssueIDs:          nil,
+		RepoIDs:            []int64{repo.ID},
+		LabelIDs:           preparedLabelFilter.SelectedLabelIDs,
+		MilestoneIDs:       mileIDs,
+		ProjectIDs:         projectIDs,
+		AssigneeID:         assigneeID,
+		MentionedID:        mentionedID,
+		PosterID:           posterUserID,
+		ReviewRequestedID:  reviewRequestedID,
+		ReviewedID:         reviewedID,
+		IsPull:             isPullOption,
+		IssueIDs:           nil,
+		CustomFieldFilters: customFieldFilters,
 	}
 
 	if keyword != "" {
@@ -611,9 +654,10 @@ func prepareIssueFilterAndList(ctx *context.Context, milestoneID int64, projectI
 			ProjectIDs:        projectIDs,
 			IsClosed:          isShowClosed,
 			IsPull:            isPullOption,
-			LabelIDs:          preparedLabelFilter.SelectedLabelIDs,
-			SortType:          sortType,
-			IssueIDs:          keywordMatchedIssueIDs,
+			LabelIDs:           preparedLabelFilter.SelectedLabelIDs,
+			SortType:           sortType,
+			IssueIDs:           keywordMatchedIssueIDs,
+			CustomFieldFilters: customFieldFilters,
 		})
 		if err != nil {
 			ctx.ServerError("DBIndexer.Search", err)
@@ -771,3 +815,17 @@ func Issues(ctx *context.Context) {
 
 	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplIssues)
 }
+
+// parseCustomFieldQueryParams extracts cf_{fieldID}=value query parameters.
+// Non-numeric or non-positive field IDs are silently skipped.
+func parseCustomFieldQueryParams(query url.Values) map[int64]string {
+	filters := make(map[int64]string)
+	for key, values := range query {
+		if after, ok := strings.CutPrefix(key, "cf_"); ok && len(values) > 0 && values[0] != "" {
+			if fieldID, err := strconv.ParseInt(after, 10, 64); err == nil && fieldID > 0 {
+				filters[fieldID] = values[0]
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return filters
+}

routers/web/repo/issue_new.go

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 package repo
 
 import (
+	"encoding/json"
 	"errors"
 	"fmt"
 	"html/template"
@@ -36,10 +37,11 @@ import (
 )
 
 // Tries to load and set an issue template. The first return value indicates if a template was loaded.
-func setTemplateIfExists(ctx *context.Context, ctxDataKey string, possibleFiles []string, metaData *IssuePageMetaData) (bool, map[string]error) {
+// The third return value contains the template's custom_fields map (field name → default value).
+func setTemplateIfExists(ctx *context.Context, ctxDataKey string, possibleFiles []string, metaData *IssuePageMetaData) (bool, map[string]error, map[string]string) {
 	commit, err := ctx.Repo.GitRepo.GetBranchCommit(ctx.Repo.Repository.DefaultBranch)
 	if err != nil {
-		return false, nil
+		return false, nil, nil
 	}
 
 	templateCandidates := make([]string, 0, 1+len(possibleFiles))
@@ -84,9 +86,9 @@ func setTemplateIfExists(ctx *context.Context, ctxDataKey string, possibleFiles
 		}
 		metaData.AssigneesData.SelectedAssigneeIDs = strings.Join(selectedAssigneeIDStrings, ",")
 
-		return true, templateErrs
+		return true, templateErrs, template.CustomFields
 	}
-	return false, templateErrs
+	return false, templateErrs, nil
 }
 
 // NewIssue render creating issue page
@@ -128,7 +130,7 @@ func NewIssue(ctx *context.Context) {
 	ctx.Data["Tags"] = tags
 
 	ret := issue_service.ParseTemplatesFromDefaultBranch(ctx.Repo.Repository, ctx.Repo.GitRepo)
-	templateLoaded, errs := setTemplateIfExists(ctx, issueTemplateKey, IssueTemplateCandidates, pageMetaData)
+	templateLoaded, errs, templateCustomFields := setTemplateIfExists(ctx, issueTemplateKey, IssueTemplateCandidates, pageMetaData)
 	maps.Copy(ret.TemplateErrors, errs)
 	if ctx.Written() {
 		return
@@ -140,6 +142,35 @@ func NewIssue(ctx *context.Context) {
 
 	ctx.Data["HasIssuesOrPullsWritePermission"] = ctx.Repo.Permission.CanWrite(unit.TypeIssues)
 
+	// Load org-level issue-scoped custom fields for the new issue sidebar.
+	customFieldDefs, cfErr := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue)
+	if cfErr != nil {
+		log.Error("NewIssue: GetCustomFieldsByOwner: %v", cfErr)
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldDefs"] = customFieldDefs
+	customFieldValues := make(map[int64]string)
+	fieldOptions := make(map[int64][]string)
+	if len(customFieldDefs) > 0 {
+		// Resolve template custom_fields (name → value) to field IDs.
+		if len(templateCustomFields) > 0 {
+			for _, def := range customFieldDefs {
+				if val, ok := templateCustomFields[def.Name]; ok {
+					customFieldValues[def.ID] = val
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		for _, f := range customFieldDefs {
+			if f.Options != "" {
+				var opts []string
+				if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(f.Options), &opts); err == nil {
+					fieldOptions[f.ID] = opts
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldValues"] = customFieldValues
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldOptions"] = fieldOptions
+
 	if !issueConfig.BlankIssuesEnabled && hasTemplates && !templateLoaded {
 		// The "issues/new" and "issues/new/choose" share the same query parameters "project" and "milestone", if blank issues are disabled, just redirect to the "issues/choose" page with these parameters.
 		ctx.Redirect(fmt.Sprintf("%s/issues/new/choose?%s", ctx.Repo.Repository.Link(), ctx.Req.URL.RawQuery), http.StatusSeeOther)
@@ -377,6 +408,9 @@ func NewIssuePost(ctx *context.Context) {
 		return
 	}
 
+	// Save custom field values submitted from the new issue form.
+	saveCustomFieldsFromForm(ctx, repo.OwnerID, issue.ID)
+
 	log.Trace("Issue created: %d/%d", repo.ID, issue.ID)
 	if ctx.FormString("redirect_after_creation") == "project" && len(projectIDs) > 0 {
 		// When issue is in multiple projects, redirect to first project from form order.
@@ -392,3 +426,29 @@ func NewIssuePost(ctx *context.Context) {
 	}
 	ctx.JSONRedirect(issue.Link())
 }
+
+// saveCustomFieldsFromForm reads custom field values from the form
+// (submitted as "custom-field-{fieldID}") and persists them for the issue.
+func saveCustomFieldsFromForm(ctx *context.Context, ownerID, issueID int64) {
+	defs, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ownerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Error("saveCustomFieldsFromForm: GetCustomFieldsByOwner: %v", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if len(defs) == 0 {
+		return
+	}
+	vals := make(map[int64]string)
+	for _, def := range defs {
+		v := ctx.Req.FormValue(fmt.Sprintf("custom-field-%d", def.ID))
+		if v != "" {
+			vals[def.ID] = v
+		}
+	}
+	if len(vals) > 0 {
+		if err := issues_model.SetCustomFieldValues(ctx, issueID, vals); err != nil {
+			log.Error("saveCustomFieldsFromForm: %v", err)
+			ctx.Flash.Error("Failed to save custom field values")
+		}
+	}
+}

routers/web/repo/issue_view.go

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 package repo
 
 import (
+	"encoding/json"
 	"fmt"
 	"math/big"
 	"net/http"
@@ -337,6 +338,54 @@ func ViewIssue(ctx *context.Context) {
 
 	ctx.Data["IsProjectsEnabled"] = ctx.Repo.Permission.CanRead(unit.TypeProjects)
 	ctx.Data["IsAttachmentEnabled"] = setting.Attachment.Enabled
+
+	// Load custom fields for the issue sidebar (org-level issue-scoped fields).
+	customFieldDefs, cfErr := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeIssue)
+	if cfErr != nil {
+		log.Error("ViewIssue: GetCustomFieldsByOwner: %v", cfErr)
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldDefs"] = customFieldDefs
+	customFieldValues := make(map[int64]string)
+	fieldOptions := make(map[int64][]string)
+	if len(customFieldDefs) > 0 {
+		var cvErr error
+		customFieldValues, cvErr = issues_model.GetCustomFieldValuesMap(ctx, issue.ID)
+		if cvErr != nil {
+			log.Error("ViewIssue: GetCustomFieldValuesMap: %v", cvErr)
+		}
+		for _, f := range customFieldDefs {
+			if f.Options != "" {
+				var opts []string
+				if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(f.Options), &opts); err == nil {
+					fieldOptions[f.ID] = opts
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldValues"] = customFieldValues
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldOptions"] = fieldOptions
+
+	// Load custom issue status definitions for the sidebar.
+	issueStatusDefs, isErr := issues_model.GetIssueStatusDefsByOrg(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID)
+	if isErr != nil {
+		log.Error("ViewIssue: GetIssueStatusDefsByOrg: %v", isErr)
+	}
+	ctx.Data["IssueStatusDefs"] = issueStatusDefs
+
+	// Load custom issue priority definitions for the sidebar.
+	issuePriorityDefs, ipErr := issues_model.GetIssuePriorityDefsByOrg(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID)
+	if ipErr != nil {
+		log.Error("ViewIssue: GetIssuePriorityDefsByOrg: %v", ipErr)
+	}
+	ctx.Data["IssuePriorityDefs"] = issuePriorityDefs
+
+	// Load custom issue type definitions for the sidebar.
+	issueTypeDefs, itErr := issues_model.GetIssueTypeDefsByOrg(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID)
+	if itErr != nil {
+		log.Error("ViewIssue: GetIssueTypeDefsByOrg: %v", itErr)
+	}
+	ctx.Data["IssueTypeDefs"] = issueTypeDefs
+
 	upload.AddUploadContext(ctx, "comment")
 
 	if err := issue.LoadAttributes(ctx); err != nil {

routers/web/repo/licenses.go

@@ -90,6 +90,10 @@ func Licenses(ctx *context.Context) {
 		}
 	}
 
+	// Always load the master key for display (prefix + status).
+	masterKey, _ := licenses.GetMasterKey(ctx, ownerID)
+	ctx.Data["MasterKey"] = masterKey
+
 	pkgs, err := licenses.ListLicensePackages(ctx, ownerID)
 	if err != nil {
 		ctx.ServerError("ListLicensePackages", err)
@@ -183,15 +187,16 @@ func LicensesCreatePackage(ctx *context.Context) {
 	}
 
 	pkg := &licenses.LicensePackage{
-		OwnerID:         ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID,
-		Name:            name,
-		Description:     ctx.FormString("description"),
-		DurationDays:    durationDays,
-		MaxSites:        maxSites,
-		DomainLockHours: domainLockHours,
-		AllowedChannels: allowedChannels,
-		RepoScope:       repoScope,
-		IsActive:        true,
+		OwnerID:           ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID,
+		Name:              name,
+		Description:       ctx.FormString("description"),
+		DurationDays:      durationDays,
+		MaxSites:          maxSites,
+		DomainLockHours:   domainLockHours,
+		AllowedChannels:   allowedChannels,
+		DomainRestriction: strings.TrimSpace(ctx.FormString("domain_restriction")),
+		RepoScope:         repoScope,
+		IsActive:          true,
 	}
 
 	if err := licenses.CreateLicensePackage(ctx, pkg); err != nil {
@@ -203,9 +208,62 @@ func LicensesCreatePackage(ctx *context.Context) {
 	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/licenses")
 }
 
+// LicensesRegenerateMasterKey handles POST to regenerate the master key.
+func LicensesRegenerateMasterKey(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ownerID := ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID
+
+	// Deactivate the old master key.
+	oldKey, _ := licenses.GetMasterKey(ctx, ownerID)
+	if oldKey != nil {
+		oldKey.IsActive = false
+		_ = licenses.UpdateLicenseKey(ctx, oldKey)
+	}
+
+	// Find the master package.
+	pkgs, err := licenses.ListLicensePackages(ctx, ownerID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("ListLicensePackages", err)
+		return
+	}
+	var masterPkg *licenses.LicensePackage
+	for _, pkg := range pkgs {
+		if pkg.Name == licenses.MasterPackageName {
+			masterPkg = pkg
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	if masterPkg == nil {
+		ctx.Flash.Error("Master package not found")
+		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/licenses")
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Create a new master key.
+	newKey := &licenses.LicenseKey{
+		PackageID:  masterPkg.ID,
+		OwnerID:    ownerID,
+		IsInternal: true,
+		IsActive:   true,
+	}
+	rawKey, err := licenses.CreateLicenseKey(ctx, newKey)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("CreateLicenseKey", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.licenses.master_key_regenerated"))
+	ctx.Data["NewMasterKey"] = rawKey
+	Licenses(ctx)
+}
+
 // LicensesGenerateKey handles POST to generate a new key from a package.
 func LicensesGenerateKey(ctx *context.Context) {
-	packageID, _ := strconv.ParseInt(ctx.FormString("package_id"), 10, 64)
+	// Accept package_id from form body or query string (modal sets it via form action URL).
+	pkgIDStr := ctx.FormString("package_id")
+	if pkgIDStr == "" {
+		pkgIDStr = ctx.Req.URL.Query().Get("package_id")
+	}
+	packageID, _ := strconv.ParseInt(pkgIDStr, 10, 64)
 	if packageID == 0 {
 		ctx.Flash.Error("Invalid package")
 		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/licenses")
@@ -218,10 +276,19 @@ func LicensesGenerateKey(ctx *context.Context) {
 		return
 	}
 
+	// Domain restriction: use form input, fall back to package default.
+	domainRestriction := strings.TrimSpace(ctx.FormString("domain_restriction"))
+	if domainRestriction == "" && pkg.DomainRestriction != "" {
+		domainRestriction = pkg.DomainRestriction
+	}
+
 	key := &licenses.LicenseKey{
-		PackageID: packageID,
-		OwnerID:   ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID,
-		IsActive:  true,
+		PackageID:         packageID,
+		OwnerID:           ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID,
+		IsActive:          true,
+		DomainRestriction: domainRestriction,
+		LicenseeName:      strings.TrimSpace(ctx.FormString("licensee_name")),
+		LicenseeEmail:     strings.TrimSpace(ctx.FormString("licensee_email")),
 	}
 
 	// Auto-calculate expiry from package duration.
@@ -448,6 +515,7 @@ func LicensesEditPackagePost(ctx *context.Context) {
 		pkg.AllowedChannels = ""
 	}
 
+	pkg.DomainRestriction = strings.TrimSpace(ctx.FormString("domain_restriction"))
 	pkg.IsActive = ctx.FormString("is_active") == "on"
 
 	if err := licenses.UpdateLicensePackage(ctx, pkg); err != nil {

routers/web/repo/security.go

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repo
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+
+	security_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/security"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+	security_service "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/security"
+)
+
+const tplRepoSecurity templates.TplName = "repo/security"
+
+// Security renders the repo-level security tab showing alerts and scan controls.
+func Security(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("repo.security")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSecurity"] = true
+
+	repoID := ctx.Repo.Repository.ID
+
+	cfg, err := security_model.GetScannerConfig(ctx, repoID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetScannerConfig", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["ScannerConfig"] = cfg
+
+	alerts, err := security_model.GetAllAlerts(ctx, repoID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAllAlerts", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["SecurityAlerts"] = alerts
+
+	counts, err := security_model.GetAlertCountsByRepo(ctx, repoID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAlertCountsByRepo", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["AlertCounts"] = counts
+
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplRepoSecurity)
+}
+
+// SecurityScanNow triggers an immediate scan from the security tab.
+func SecurityScanNow(ctx *context.Context) {
+	commit := ctx.Repo.Commit
+	if commit == nil {
+		ctx.Flash.Error("No commits found")
+		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/security")
+		return
+	}
+
+	security_service.ScanOnPush(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository, commit)
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.security_scan_complete"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/security")
+}
+
+// SecurityAlertUpdate changes alert status from the security tab.
+func SecurityAlertUpdateTab(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	status := security_model.AlertStatus(ctx.FormString("status"))
+
+	if status != security_model.AlertStatusResolved && status != security_model.AlertStatusDismissed {
+		status = security_model.AlertStatusDismissed
+	}
+
+	alert, err := security_model.GetAlertByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAlertByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if alert.RepoID != ctx.Repo.Repository.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := security_model.UpdateAlertStatus(ctx, id, status, ctx.Doer.ID); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("UpdateAlertStatus", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success("Alert updated")
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/security")
+}

routers/web/repo/setting/advanced.go

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ const tplSettingsAdvanced templates.TplName = "repo/settings/advanced"
 // AdvancedSettings displays the advanced (feature units) settings page.
 func AdvancedSettings(ctx *context.Context) {
 	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("repo.settings.advanced_settings")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsOptions"] = false
 	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsAdvanced"] = true
 	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplSettingsAdvanced)
 }

routers/web/repo/setting/custom_fields.go

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package setting
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"strconv"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+const tplSettingsCustomFields templates.TplName = "repo/settings/custom_fields"
+
+// CustomFields displays the custom fields settings page.
+func CustomFields(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("repo.settings.custom_fields")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsCustomFields"] = true
+
+	fields, err := issues_model.GetAllCustomFieldsByRepo(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAllCustomFieldsByRepo", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFields"] = fields
+
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplSettingsCustomFields)
+}
+
+// CustomFieldsCreatePost creates a new custom field definition.
+func CustomFieldsCreatePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+
+	field := &issues_model.CustomFieldDef{
+		RepoID:      ctx.Repo.Repository.ID,
+		Name:        ctx.FormString("name"),
+		FieldType:   issues_model.CustomFieldType(ctx.FormString("field_type")),
+		Description: ctx.FormString("description"),
+		Options:     ctx.FormString("options"),
+		Required:    ctx.FormString("required") == "on",
+		SortOrder:   sortOrder,
+		IsActive:    true,
+	}
+
+	if field.Name == "" {
+		ctx.Flash.Error("Field name is required")
+		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/custom-fields")
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.CreateCustomFieldDef(ctx, field); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("CreateCustomFieldDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.custom_field_created"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/custom-fields")
+}
+
+// CustomFieldsEditPost updates a custom field definition.
+func CustomFieldsEditPost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetCustomFieldDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if field.RepoID != ctx.Repo.Repository.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	field.Name = ctx.FormString("name")
+	field.FieldType = issues_model.CustomFieldType(ctx.FormString("field_type"))
+	field.Description = ctx.FormString("description")
+	field.Options = ctx.FormString("options")
+	field.Required = ctx.FormString("required") == "on"
+	field.IsActive = ctx.FormString("is_active") == "on"
+	sortOrder, _ := strconv.Atoi(ctx.FormString("sort_order"))
+	field.SortOrder = sortOrder
+
+	if err := issues_model.UpdateCustomFieldDef(ctx, field); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("UpdateCustomFieldDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.custom_field_updated"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/custom-fields")
+}
+
+// CustomFieldsDeletePost deletes a custom field definition.
+func CustomFieldsDeletePost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	field, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldDefByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetCustomFieldDefByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if field.RepoID != ctx.Repo.Repository.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := issues_model.DeleteCustomFieldDef(ctx, id); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("DeleteCustomFieldDef", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.custom_field_deleted"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/custom-fields")
+}

routers/web/repo/setting/manifest.go

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package setting
+
+import (
+	"encoding/xml"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+
+	repo_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/repo"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/log"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+const tplSettingsManifest templates.TplName = "repo/settings/manifest"
+
+// manifestXML mirrors the .mokogitea/manifest.xml schema for XML parsing.
+type manifestXML struct {
+	XMLName    xml.Name          `xml:"moko-platform"`
+	Identity   manifestIdentity  `xml:"identity"`
+	Governance manifestGovernance `xml:"governance"`
+	Build      manifestBuild     `xml:"build"`
+}
+
+type manifestIdentity struct {
+	Name        string          `xml:"name"`
+	Org         string          `xml:"org"`
+	Description string          `xml:"description"`
+	Version     string          `xml:"version"`
+	License     manifestLicense `xml:"license"`
+}
+
+type manifestLicense struct {
+	SPDX string `xml:"spdx,attr"`
+	Name string `xml:",chardata"`
+}
+
+type manifestGovernance struct {
+	Platform         string `xml:"platform"`
+	StandardsVersion string `xml:"standards-version"`
+	StandardsSource  string `xml:"standards-source"`
+}
+
+type manifestBuild struct {
+	Language    string `xml:"language"`
+	PackageType string `xml:"package-type"`
+	EntryPoint  string `xml:"entry-point"`
+}
+
+// ManifestSettings displays the repo manifest settings page.
+// On first visit, if no manifest exists in DB but .mokogitea/manifest.xml
+// exists in the repo, it auto-migrates the XML values into the database.
+func ManifestSettings(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("repo.settings.manifest")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsManifest"] = true
+
+	repoID := ctx.Repo.Repository.ID
+	manifest, err := repo_model.GetRepoManifest(ctx, repoID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetRepoManifest", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Auto-detect and migrate .mokogitea/manifest.xml if no DB record exists.
+	if manifest == nil {
+		manifest = tryMigrateManifestXML(ctx)
+	}
+
+	if manifest == nil {
+		// No manifest found — provide empty defaults from repo metadata.
+		manifest = &repo_model.RepoManifest{
+			RepoID:      repoID,
+			Name:        ctx.Repo.Repository.Name,
+			Org:         ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerName,
+			Description: ctx.Repo.Repository.Description,
+		}
+	}
+
+	ctx.Data["Manifest"] = manifest
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplSettingsManifest)
+}
+
+// ManifestSettingsPost saves manifest settings from the form.
+func ManifestSettingsPost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	manifest := &repo_model.RepoManifest{
+		RepoID:           ctx.Repo.Repository.ID,
+		Name:             ctx.FormString("name"),
+		Org:              ctx.FormString("org"),
+		Description:      ctx.Repo.Repository.Description,
+		Version:          ctx.FormString("version"),
+		LicenseSPDX:      ctx.FormString("license_spdx"),
+		LicenseName:      ctx.FormString("license_name"),
+		Platform:         ctx.FormString("platform"),
+		StandardsVersion: ctx.FormString("standards_version"),
+		StandardsSource:  ctx.FormString("standards_source"),
+		Language:         ctx.FormString("language"),
+		PackageType:      ctx.FormString("package_type"),
+		EntryPoint:       ctx.FormString("entry_point"),
+	}
+
+	if err := repo_model.CreateOrUpdateRepoManifest(ctx, manifest); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("CreateOrUpdateRepoManifest", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.manifest_saved"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/manifest")
+}
+
+// tryMigrateManifestXML reads .mokogitea/manifest.xml from the repo,
+// parses it, and stores the values in the DB. Returns nil if no file found.
+func tryMigrateManifestXML(ctx *context.Context) *repo_model.RepoManifest {
+	if ctx.Repo.GitRepo == nil || ctx.Repo.Commit == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	entry, err := ctx.Repo.Commit.GetTreeEntryByPath(".mokogitea/manifest.xml")
+	if err != nil || entry == nil {
+		return nil // no manifest.xml found — not an error
+	}
+
+	reader, err := entry.Blob().DataAsync()
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Error("ManifestMigrate: read blob: %v", err)
+		return nil
+	}
+	defer reader.Close()
+
+	var mxml manifestXML
+	if err := xml.NewDecoder(reader).Decode(&mxml); err != nil {
+		log.Error("ManifestMigrate: parse XML: %v", err)
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	manifest := &repo_model.RepoManifest{
+		RepoID:           ctx.Repo.Repository.ID,
+		Name:             mxml.Identity.Name,
+		Org:              mxml.Identity.Org,
+		Description:      mxml.Identity.Description,
+		Version:          mxml.Identity.Version,
+		LicenseSPDX:      mxml.Identity.License.SPDX,
+		LicenseName:      mxml.Identity.License.Name,
+		Platform:         mxml.Governance.Platform,
+		StandardsVersion: mxml.Governance.StandardsVersion,
+		StandardsSource:  mxml.Governance.StandardsSource,
+		Language:         mxml.Build.Language,
+		PackageType:      mxml.Build.PackageType,
+		EntryPoint:       mxml.Build.EntryPoint,
+	}
+
+	if err := repo_model.CreateOrUpdateRepoManifest(ctx, manifest); err != nil {
+		log.Error("ManifestMigrate: save to DB: %v", err)
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	log.Info("ManifestMigrate: migrated .mokogitea/manifest.xml for repo %s/%s",
+		ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerName, ctx.Repo.Repository.Name)
+
+	ctx.Flash.Info(fmt.Sprintf("Manifest settings imported from .mokogitea/manifest.xml. You can now delete the file from the repository."))
+	return manifest
+}

routers/web/repo/setting/metadata.go

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package setting
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+)
+
+const tplSettingsMetadata templates.TplName = "repo/settings/metadata"
+
+// Metadata displays the repo metadata page (repo-scoped custom field values).
+func Metadata(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("repo.settings.metadata")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsMetadata"] = true
+
+	ownerID := ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID
+	repoID := ctx.Repo.Repository.ID
+
+	fields, _ := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ownerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeRepo)
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldDefs"] = fields
+
+	values := make(map[int64]string)
+	fieldOptions := make(map[int64][]string)
+	if len(fields) > 0 {
+		values, _ = issues_model.GetCustomFieldValuesMap(ctx, repoID)
+		for _, f := range fields {
+			if f.Options != "" {
+				var opts []string
+				if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(f.Options), &opts); err == nil {
+					fieldOptions[f.ID] = opts
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldValues"] = values
+	ctx.Data["CustomFieldOptions"] = fieldOptions
+
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplSettingsMetadata)
+}
+
+// MetadataPost saves repo-scoped custom field values.
+func MetadataPost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	repoID := ctx.Repo.Repository.ID
+	ownerID := ctx.Repo.Repository.OwnerID
+
+	fields, _ := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, ownerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeRepo)
+	for _, f := range fields {
+		val := ctx.Req.FormValue(fmt.Sprintf("field_%d", f.ID))
+		if err := issues_model.SetCustomFieldValue(ctx, repoID, f.ID, val); err != nil {
+			ctx.ServerError("SetCustomFieldValue", err)
+			return
+		}
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.metadata_saved"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/metadata")
+}

routers/web/repo/setting/security.go

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package setting
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+
+	security_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/security"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/templates"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/context"
+	security_service "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/security"
+)
+
+const tplSettingsSecurity templates.TplName = "repo/settings/security"
+
+// SecuritySettings displays the repo security scanning settings and alerts.
+func SecuritySettings(ctx *context.Context) {
+	ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("repo.settings.security")
+	ctx.Data["PageIsSettingsSecurity"] = true
+
+	repoID := ctx.Repo.Repository.ID
+
+	cfg, err := security_model.GetScannerConfig(ctx, repoID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetScannerConfig", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["ScannerConfig"] = cfg
+
+	alerts, err := security_model.GetAllAlerts(ctx, repoID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAllAlerts", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["SecurityAlerts"] = alerts
+
+	counts, err := security_model.GetAlertCountsByRepo(ctx, repoID)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAlertCountsByRepo", err)
+		return
+	}
+	ctx.Data["AlertCounts"] = counts
+
+	ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplSettingsSecurity)
+}
+
+// SecuritySettingsPost saves security scanner configuration.
+func SecuritySettingsPost(ctx *context.Context) {
+	cfg := &security_model.SecurityScannerConfig{
+		RepoID:        ctx.Repo.Repository.ID,
+		Enabled:       ctx.FormString("enabled") == "on",
+		BlockOnPush:   ctx.FormString("block_on_push") == "on",
+		SecretScanner: ctx.FormString("secret_scanner") == "on",
+		DependScanner: ctx.FormString("depend_scanner") == "on",
+		CodeScanner:   ctx.FormString("code_scanner") == "on",
+		ConfigScanner: ctx.FormString("config_scanner") == "on",
+		LicenseScanner: ctx.FormString("license_scanner") == "on",
+	}
+
+	if err := security_model.SaveScannerConfig(ctx, cfg); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("SaveScannerConfig", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.security_saved"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/security")
+}
+
+// SecurityScanNow triggers an immediate scan of the repository.
+func SecurityScanNow(ctx *context.Context) {
+	commit := ctx.Repo.Commit
+	if commit == nil {
+		ctx.Flash.Error("No commits found in repository")
+		ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/security")
+		return
+	}
+
+	security_service.ScanOnPush(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository, commit)
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.security_scan_complete"))
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/security")
+}
+
+// SecurityAlertUpdate changes the status of a security alert.
+func SecurityAlertUpdate(ctx *context.Context) {
+	id := ctx.PathParamInt64("id")
+	status := security_model.AlertStatus(ctx.FormString("status"))
+
+	if status != security_model.AlertStatusResolved && status != security_model.AlertStatusDismissed {
+		status = security_model.AlertStatusDismissed
+	}
+
+	alert, err := security_model.GetAlertByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("GetAlertByID", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if alert.RepoID != ctx.Repo.Repository.ID {
+		ctx.NotFound(nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if err := security_model.UpdateAlertStatus(ctx, id, status, ctx.Doer.ID); err != nil {
+		ctx.ServerError("UpdateAlertStatus", err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	ctx.Flash.Success("Alert updated")
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/security")
+}

routers/web/repo/setting/setting.go

@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ func handleSettingsPostAdvanced(ctx *context.Context) {
 	log.Trace("Repository advanced settings updated: %s/%s", ctx.Repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
 
 	ctx.Flash.Success(ctx.Tr("repo.settings.update_settings_success"))
-	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings")
+	ctx.Redirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/settings/advanced")
 }
 
 func handleSettingsPostSigning(ctx *context.Context) {

routers/web/repo/updateserver.go

@@ -94,7 +94,9 @@ func ServeUpdatesXML(ctx *context.Context) {
 	}
 
 	repoCfg, _ := licenses.GetRepoConfig(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository.ID)
-	requireKey := repoCfg != nil && repoCfg.RequireKey
+	// Show <downloadkey> only when downloads are gated (prerelease or all).
+	// No gating = no license keys needed = no downloadkey element.
+	requireKey := repoCfg != nil && repoCfg.DownloadGating != "" && repoCfg.DownloadGating != "none"
 
 	xmlData, err := updateserver.GenerateJoomlaXML(ctx, ctx.Repo.Repository, requireKey, stripDownloads, allowedChannels...)
 	if err != nil {

routers/web/repo/view_home.go

@@ -151,6 +151,51 @@ func prepareToRenderDirectory(ctx *context.Context) {
 		return
 	}
 
+	// Well-known file tabs — only at root
+	activeTab := ctx.FormString("tab")
+	if ctx.Repo.TreePath == "" {
+		wellKnownTabs := findWellKnownFiles(entries)
+
+		// Determine which tab is active
+		hasReadme := readmeFile != nil
+		if hasReadme || len(wellKnownTabs) > 0 {
+			// Only show tabs if there are at least 2 items (README + at least one well-known file)
+			if hasReadme && len(wellKnownTabs) > 0 {
+				readmeTab := WellKnownFileTab{
+					TabKey:   "readme",
+					Label:    "repo.well_known_file.readme",
+					FileName: "",
+					Active:   activeTab == "" || activeTab == "readme",
+				}
+				if readmeFile != nil {
+					readmeTab.FileName = readmeFile.Name()
+				}
+
+				// Set active state for well-known tabs
+				for i := range wellKnownTabs {
+					wellKnownTabs[i].Active = wellKnownTabs[i].TabKey == activeTab
+				}
+
+				allTabs := append([]WellKnownFileTab{readmeTab}, wellKnownTabs...)
+				ctx.Data["WellKnownFileTabs"] = allTabs
+			}
+		}
+
+		// If a non-readme tab is selected, render that file instead
+		if activeTab != "" && activeTab != "readme" {
+			for _, tab := range wellKnownTabs {
+				if tab.TabKey == activeTab {
+					entry := findFileEntryByName(entries, tab.FileName)
+					if entry != nil {
+						prepareToRenderReadmeFile(ctx, "", entry)
+						return
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			// If the requested tab was not found, fall through to render readme
+		}
+	}
+
 	prepareToRenderReadmeFile(ctx, subfolder, readmeFile)
 }
 

routers/web/repo/view_readme.go

@@ -141,6 +141,63 @@ func localizedExtensions(ext, languageCode string) (localizedExts []string) {
 	return []string{lowerLangCode + ext, ext}
 }
 
+// WellKnownFileTab represents a tab for a well-known root file (LICENSE, CONTRIBUTING, etc.)
+type WellKnownFileTab struct {
+	TabKey   string // query parameter value, e.g. "license"
+	Label    string // locale key suffix, e.g. "repo.well_known_file.license"
+	FileName string // actual file name found in repo, e.g. "LICENSE.md"
+	Active   bool   // whether this tab is currently selected
+}
+
+// wellKnownFilePatterns maps tab keys to the base file names to search for (case-insensitive).
+// Order defines the tab display order.
+var wellKnownFilePatterns = []struct {
+	TabKey   string
+	BaseName string // matched case-insensitively against file names (without extension)
+}{
+	{"license", "LICENSE"},
+	{"contributing", "CONTRIBUTING"},
+	{"code_of_conduct", "CODE_OF_CONDUCT"},
+	{"security", "SECURITY"},
+	{"changelog", "CHANGELOG"},
+}
+
+// findWellKnownFiles scans root directory entries for well-known markdown/text files.
+func findWellKnownFiles(entries []*git.TreeEntry) []WellKnownFileTab {
+	var tabs []WellKnownFileTab
+	for _, pattern := range wellKnownFilePatterns {
+		for _, entry := range entries {
+			if entry.IsDir() || entry.IsSubModule() {
+				continue
+			}
+			name := entry.Name()
+			baseName := name
+			if idx := strings.LastIndex(name, "."); idx >= 0 {
+				baseName = name[:idx]
+			}
+			if strings.EqualFold(baseName, pattern.BaseName) {
+				tabs = append(tabs, WellKnownFileTab{
+					TabKey:   pattern.TabKey,
+					Label:    "repo.well_known_file." + pattern.TabKey,
+					FileName: name,
+				})
+				break // take the first match for this pattern
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return tabs
+}
+
+// findFileEntryByName finds a tree entry by exact file name.
+func findFileEntryByName(entries []*git.TreeEntry, fileName string) *git.TreeEntry {
+	for _, entry := range entries {
+		if entry.Name() == fileName {
+			return entry
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
 func prepareToRenderReadmeFile(ctx *context.Context, subfolder string, readmeFile *git.TreeEntry) {
 	if readmeFile == nil {
 		return

routers/web/repo/wiki.go

@@ -77,6 +77,20 @@ type PageMeta struct {
 	UpdatedUnix  timeutil.TimeStamp
 }
 
+// WikiTreeNode represents a node in the wiki folder tree for sidebar navigation.
+type WikiTreeNode struct {
+	Name     string
+	SubURL   string
+	IsDir    bool
+	Children []*WikiTreeNode
+}
+
+// WikiBreadcrumb represents a breadcrumb segment.
+type WikiBreadcrumb struct {
+	Name   string
+	SubURL string
+}
+
 // findEntryForFile finds the tree entry for a target filepath.
 func findEntryForFile(commit *git.Commit, target string) (*git.TreeEntry, error) {
 	entry, err := commit.GetTreeEntryByPath(target)
@@ -232,6 +246,43 @@ func renderViewPage(ctx *context.Context) (*git.Repository, *git.TreeEntry) {
 	isSideBar := pageName == "_Sidebar"
 	isFooter := pageName == "_Footer"
 
+	// Build breadcrumbs for the current path
+	breadcrumbs := buildWikiBreadcrumbs(pageName)
+	ctx.Data["WikiBreadcrumbs"] = breadcrumbs
+
+	// Build folder tree for sidebar navigation
+	wikiTree := buildWikiTree(commit)
+	ctx.Data["WikiTree"] = wikiTree
+
+	// Check if path is a directory first (before file lookup)
+	dirEntry, _ := commit.GetTreeEntryByPath(string(pageName))
+	if dirEntry != nil && dirEntry.IsDir() {
+		// Path is a directory - try index files or show folder listing
+		var entry *git.TreeEntry
+		foundIndex := false
+		for _, indexName := range []string{"README", "Home", "index"} {
+			indexPath := wiki_service.WebPath(string(pageName) + "/" + indexName)
+			idxEntry, _, idxNoEntry, _ := wikiEntryByName(ctx, commit, indexPath)
+			if !idxNoEntry && idxEntry != nil {
+				pageName = indexPath
+				entry = idxEntry
+				_, displayName = wiki_service.WebPathToUserTitle(pageName)
+				ctx.Data["PageURL"] = wiki_service.WebPathToURLPath(pageName)
+				ctx.Data["Title"] = displayName
+				foundIndex = true
+				break
+			}
+		}
+		if !foundIndex {
+			ctx.Data["IsWikiFolder"] = true
+			ctx.Data["WikiFolderPath"] = string(pageName)
+			folderEntries := listWikiFolderEntries(commit, string(pageName))
+			ctx.Data["WikiFolderEntries"] = folderEntries
+			return wikiGitRepo, nil
+		}
+		_ = entry // will be used below via pageName lookup
+	}
+
 	// lookup filename in wiki - get gitTree entry , real filename
 	entry, pageFilename, noEntry, isRaw := wikiEntryByName(ctx, commit, pageName)
 	if noEntry {
@@ -479,6 +530,14 @@ func Wiki(ctx *context.Context) {
 	if ctx.Written() {
 		return
 	}
+	// Folder listing - no entry but IsWikiFolder flag is set
+	if ctx.Data["IsWikiFolder"] != nil {
+		if wikiGitRepo != nil {
+			defer wikiGitRepo.Close()
+		}
+		ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplWikiView)
+		return
+	}
 	if entry == nil {
 		ctx.Data["Title"] = ctx.Tr("repo.wiki")
 		ctx.HTML(http.StatusOK, tplWikiStart)
@@ -752,3 +811,134 @@ func DeleteWikiPagePost(ctx *context.Context) {
 
 	ctx.JSONRedirect(ctx.Repo.RepoLink + "/wiki/")
 }
+
+// buildWikiBreadcrumbs creates breadcrumb segments from a wiki path.
+func buildWikiBreadcrumbs(pageName wiki_service.WebPath) []WikiBreadcrumb {
+	parts := strings.Split(string(pageName), "/")
+	crumbs := make([]WikiBreadcrumb, 0, len(parts))
+	for i, part := range parts {
+		if part == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		subURL := strings.Join(parts[:i+1], "/")
+		crumbs = append(crumbs, WikiBreadcrumb{
+			Name:   part,
+			SubURL: subURL,
+		})
+	}
+	return crumbs
+}
+
+// buildWikiTree builds a hierarchical folder tree from the wiki git repo.
+func buildWikiTree(commit *git.Commit) []*WikiTreeNode {
+	if commit == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	entries, err := commit.ListEntries()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	root := make(map[string]*WikiTreeNode)
+	var topLevel []*WikiTreeNode
+
+	for _, entry := range entries {
+		name := entry.Name()
+		if entry.IsDir() {
+			node := &WikiTreeNode{
+				Name:   name,
+				SubURL: name,
+				IsDir:  true,
+			}
+			// List children of this directory
+			subTree := entry.Tree()
+			if subTree != nil {
+				children, _ := subTree.ListEntries()
+				for _, child := range children {
+					childName := child.Name()
+					if child.IsDir() {
+						node.Children = append(node.Children, &WikiTreeNode{
+							Name:   childName,
+							SubURL: name + "/" + childName,
+							IsDir:  true,
+						})
+					} else if strings.HasSuffix(childName, ".md") {
+						wpChild, err := wiki_service.GitPathToWebPath(childName)
+						if err != nil {
+							continue
+						}
+						_, childDisplay := wiki_service.WebPathToUserTitle(wpChild)
+						if childDisplay == "_Sidebar" || childDisplay == "_Footer" {
+							continue
+						}
+						node.Children = append(node.Children, &WikiTreeNode{
+							Name:   childDisplay,
+							SubURL: name + "/" + string(wpChild),
+							IsDir:  false,
+						})
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			root[name] = node
+			topLevel = append(topLevel, node)
+		} else if strings.HasSuffix(name, ".md") {
+			wpName, err := wiki_service.GitPathToWebPath(name)
+			if err != nil {
+				continue
+			}
+			_, displayName := wiki_service.WebPathToUserTitle(wpName)
+			if displayName == "_Sidebar" || displayName == "_Footer" {
+				continue
+			}
+			node := &WikiTreeNode{
+				Name:   displayName,
+				SubURL: string(wpName),
+				IsDir:  false,
+			}
+			topLevel = append(topLevel, node)
+		}
+	}
+	return topLevel
+}
+
+// listWikiFolderEntries lists the pages and subfolders in a wiki directory.
+func listWikiFolderEntries(commit *git.Commit, treePath string) []PageMeta {
+	if commit == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	tree, err := commit.SubTree(treePath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	entries, err := tree.ListEntries()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	var pages []PageMeta
+	for _, entry := range entries {
+		name := entry.Name()
+		if entry.IsDir() {
+			pages = append(pages, PageMeta{
+				Name:         name + "/",
+				SubURL:       treePath + "/" + name,
+				GitEntryName: name,
+			})
+		} else if strings.HasSuffix(name, ".md") {
+			wpName, err := wiki_service.GitPathToWebPath(name)
+			if err != nil {
+				continue
+			}
+			_, displayName := wiki_service.WebPathToUserTitle(wpName)
+			if displayName == "_Sidebar" || displayName == "_Footer" {
+				continue
+			}
+			pages = append(pages, PageMeta{
+				Name:         displayName,
+				SubURL:       treePath + "/" + string(wpName),
+				GitEntryName: name,
+			})
+		}
+	}
+	return pages
+}

routers/web/web.go

@@ -1061,6 +1061,30 @@ func registerWebRoutes(m *web.Router, webAuth *AuthMiddleware) {
 					m.Get("", org.SettingsUpdateStreams)
 					m.Post("", org.SettingsUpdateStreamsPost)
 				})
+				m.Group("/custom-fields", func() {
+					m.Get("", org.SettingsCustomFields)
+					m.Post("", org.SettingsCustomFieldsCreatePost)
+					m.Post("/{id}/edit", org.SettingsCustomFieldsEditPost)
+					m.Post("/{id}/delete", org.SettingsCustomFieldsDeletePost)
+				})
+				m.Group("/issue-statuses", func() {
+					m.Get("", org.SettingsIssueStatuses)
+					m.Post("", org.SettingsIssueStatusesCreatePost)
+					m.Post("/{id}/edit", org.SettingsIssueStatusesEditPost)
+					m.Post("/{id}/delete", org.SettingsIssueStatusesDeletePost)
+				})
+				m.Group("/issue-priorities", func() {
+					m.Get("", org.SettingsIssuePriorities)
+					m.Post("", org.SettingsIssuePrioritiesCreatePost)
+					m.Post("/{id}/edit", org.SettingsIssuePrioritiesEditPost)
+					m.Post("/{id}/delete", org.SettingsIssuePrioritiesDeletePost)
+				})
+				m.Group("/issue-types", func() {
+					m.Get("", org.SettingsIssueTypes)
+					m.Post("", org.SettingsIssueTypesCreatePost)
+					m.Post("/{id}/edit", org.SettingsIssueTypesEditPost)
+					m.Post("/{id}/delete", org.SettingsIssueTypesDeletePost)
+				})
 			}, ctxDataSet("EnableOAuth2", setting.OAuth2.Enabled, "EnablePackages", setting.Packages.Enabled, "PageIsOrgSettings", true))
 		}, context.OrgAssignment(context.OrgAssignmentOptions{RequireOwner: true}))
 	}, reqSignIn)
@@ -1187,6 +1211,13 @@ func registerWebRoutes(m *web.Router, webAuth *AuthMiddleware) {
 			m.Combo("/advanced").Get(repo_setting.AdvancedSettings).Post(web.Bind(forms.RepoSettingForm{}), repo_setting.SettingsPost)
 		}, repo_setting.SettingsCtxData)
 		m.Combo("/licensing").Get(repo_setting.LicensingSettings).Post(repo_setting.LicensingSettingsPost)
+		m.Combo("/manifest").Get(repo_setting.ManifestSettings).Post(repo_setting.ManifestSettingsPost)
+		m.Combo("/metadata").Get(repo_setting.Metadata).Post(repo_setting.MetadataPost)
+		m.Group("/security", func() {
+			m.Combo("").Get(repo_setting.SecuritySettings).Post(repo_setting.SecuritySettingsPost)
+			m.Post("/scan", repo_setting.SecurityScanNow)
+			m.Post("/alert/{id}", repo_setting.SecurityAlertUpdate)
+		})
 
 		m.Group("/collaboration", func() {
 			m.Combo("").Get(repo_setting.Collaboration).Post(repo_setting.CollaborationPost)
@@ -1391,6 +1422,10 @@ func registerWebRoutes(m *web.Router, webAuth *AuthMiddleware) {
 			m.Post("/projects/column", reqRepoIssuesOrPullsWriter, reqRepoProjectsWriter, repo.UpdateIssueProjectColumn)
 			m.Post("/assignee", reqRepoIssuesOrPullsWriter, repo.UpdateIssueAssignee)
 			m.Post("/status", reqRepoIssuesOrPullsWriter, repo.UpdateIssueStatus)
+			m.Post("/{id}/custom-fields/{field_id}", reqRepoIssuesOrPullsWriter, repo.UpdateIssueCustomField)
+			m.Post("/{id}/custom-status", reqRepoIssuesOrPullsWriter, repo.UpdateIssueCustomStatus)
+			m.Post("/{id}/custom-priority", reqRepoIssuesOrPullsWriter, repo.UpdateIssueCustomPriority)
+			m.Post("/{id}/custom-type", reqRepoIssuesOrPullsWriter, repo.UpdateIssueCustomType)
 			m.Post("/delete", reqRepoAdmin, repo.BatchDeleteIssues)
 			m.Delete("/unpin/{index}", reqRepoAdmin, repo.IssueUnpin)
 			m.Post("/move_pin", reqRepoAdmin, repo.IssuePinMove)
@@ -1543,6 +1578,7 @@ func registerWebRoutes(m *web.Router, webAuth *AuthMiddleware) {
 		m.Post("/packages/{id}/archive", repo.LicensesArchivePackage)
 		m.Post("/packages/{id}/unarchive", repo.LicensesUnarchivePackage)
 		m.Post("/keys/generate", repo.LicensesGenerateKey)
+		m.Post("/master-key/regenerate", repo.LicensesRegenerateMasterKey)
 		m.Get("/keys/{id}/edit", repo.LicensesEditKey)
 		m.Post("/keys/{id}/edit", repo.LicensesEditKeyPost)
 		m.Post("/keys/{id}/revoke", repo.LicensesRevokeKey)
@@ -1648,6 +1684,13 @@ func registerWebRoutes(m *web.Router, webAuth *AuthMiddleware) {
 	})
 	// end "/{username}/{reponame}/wiki"
 
+	m.Group("/{username}/{reponame}/security", func() {
+		m.Get("", repo.Security)
+		m.Post("/scan", reqRepoAdmin, repo.SecurityScanNow)
+		m.Post("/alert/{id}", reqRepoAdmin, repo.SecurityAlertUpdateTab)
+	}, reqSignIn, context.RepoAssignment, reqRepoAdmin)
+	// end "/{username}/{reponame}/security"
+
 	m.Group("/{username}/{reponame}/activity", func() {
 		// activity has its own permission checks
 		m.Get("", repo.Activity)

services/context/context_response.go

@@ -16,8 +16,11 @@ import (
 	"syscall"
 	"time"
 
+	auth_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/auth"
 	user_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/user"
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/httplib"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/optional"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/auth/source/oauth2"
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/log"
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/setting"
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/structs"
@@ -166,6 +169,18 @@ func (ctx *Context) notFoundInternal(logMsg string, logErr error) {
 	ctx.Data["IsRepo"] = ctx.Repo.Repository != nil
 	ctx.Data["Title"] = "Page Not Found"
 	ctx.Data["ErrorMsg"] = "" // FIXME: the template never renders this message, need to fix in the future (and show safe messages to end users)
+	ctx.Data["CurrentURL"] = ctx.Req.URL.RequestURI()
+
+	// Load OAuth2 providers for the login form on error pages
+	if !ctx.IsSigned {
+		oauth2Providers, err := oauth2.GetOAuth2Providers(ctx, optional.Some(true))
+		if err != nil {
+			log.Error("NotFound: GetOAuth2Providers: %v", err)
+		}
+		ctx.Data["OAuth2Providers"] = oauth2Providers
+		ctx.Data["EnableSSPI"] = auth_model.IsSSPIEnabled(ctx)
+	}
+
 	ctx.HTML(http.StatusNotFound, "status/404")
 }
 
@@ -187,6 +202,17 @@ func (ctx *Context) Forbidden() {
 	ctx.Data["IsRepo"] = ctx.Repo.Repository != nil
 	ctx.Data["Title"] = "Access Denied"
 	ctx.Data["CurrentURL"] = ctx.Req.URL.RequestURI()
+
+	// Load OAuth2 providers for the login form on the 403 page
+	if !ctx.IsSigned {
+		oauth2Providers, err := oauth2.GetOAuth2Providers(ctx, optional.Some(true))
+		if err != nil {
+			log.Error("Forbidden: GetOAuth2Providers: %v", err)
+		}
+		ctx.Data["OAuth2Providers"] = oauth2Providers
+		ctx.Data["EnableSSPI"] = auth_model.IsSSPIEnabled(ctx)
+	}
+
 	ctx.HTML(http.StatusForbidden, "status/403")
 }
 

services/context/repo.go

@@ -663,6 +663,8 @@ func repoAssignmentPrepareTemplateData(ctx *Context, data *repoAssignmentPrepare
 	ctx.Data["NumLicensePackages"] = numLicensePackages
 	ctx.Data["EnableLicenses"] = licensingEnabled || numLicensePackages > 0
 	ctx.Data["LicensingEnabled"] = licensingEnabled
+	downloadGated := repoUpdateCfg != nil && repoUpdateCfg.DownloadGating != "" && repoUpdateCfg.DownloadGating != "none"
+	ctx.Data["DownloadGated"] = downloadGated
 
 	// Determine release page access based on feed visibility mode.
 	feedVis := "public"

services/repository/manifest_sync.go

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package repository
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/xml"
+
+	repo_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/repo"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/git"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/log"
+)
+
+// manifestXML mirrors the .mokogitea/manifest.xml schema for XML parsing.
+type manifestXML struct {
+	XMLName    xml.Name          `xml:"moko-platform"`
+	Identity   manifestIdentity  `xml:"identity"`
+	Governance manifestGovernance `xml:"governance"`
+	Build      manifestBuild     `xml:"build"`
+}
+
+type manifestIdentity struct {
+	Name        string          `xml:"name"`
+	Org         string          `xml:"org"`
+	Description string          `xml:"description"`
+	Version     string          `xml:"version"`
+	License     manifestLicense `xml:"license"`
+}
+
+type manifestLicense struct {
+	SPDX string `xml:"spdx,attr"`
+	Name string `xml:",chardata"`
+}
+
+type manifestGovernance struct {
+	Platform         string `xml:"platform"`
+	StandardsVersion string `xml:"standards-version"`
+	StandardsSource  string `xml:"standards-source"`
+}
+
+type manifestBuild struct {
+	Language    string `xml:"language"`
+	PackageType string `xml:"package-type"`
+	EntryPoint  string `xml:"entry-point"`
+}
+
+// SyncManifestFromCommit reads .mokogitea/manifest.xml from the given commit
+// and upserts the values into the repo_manifest database table.
+// This is called on push to the default branch to keep the database in sync
+// with the XML file. If no manifest.xml exists, this is a no-op.
+func SyncManifestFromCommit(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, commit *git.Commit) {
+	if commit == nil {
+		return
+	}
+
+	entry, err := commit.GetTreeEntryByPath(".mokogitea/manifest.xml")
+	if err != nil || entry == nil {
+		return // no manifest.xml — not an error
+	}
+
+	reader, err := entry.Blob().DataAsync()
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Error("SyncManifest: read blob for %s: %v", repo.FullName(), err)
+		return
+	}
+	defer reader.Close()
+
+	var mxml manifestXML
+	decoder := xml.NewDecoder(reader)
+	if err := decoder.Decode(&mxml); err != nil {
+		log.Error("SyncManifest: parse XML for %s: %v", repo.FullName(), err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	manifest := &repo_model.RepoManifest{
+		RepoID:           repo.ID,
+		Name:             mxml.Identity.Name,
+		Org:              mxml.Identity.Org,
+		Description:      mxml.Identity.Description,
+		Version:          mxml.Identity.Version,
+		LicenseSPDX:      mxml.Identity.License.SPDX,
+		LicenseName:      mxml.Identity.License.Name,
+		Platform:         mxml.Governance.Platform,
+		StandardsVersion: mxml.Governance.StandardsVersion,
+		StandardsSource:  mxml.Governance.StandardsSource,
+		Language:         mxml.Build.Language,
+		PackageType:      mxml.Build.PackageType,
+		EntryPoint:       mxml.Build.EntryPoint,
+	}
+
+	if err := repo_model.CreateOrUpdateRepoManifest(ctx, manifest); err != nil {
+		log.Error("SyncManifest: save for %s: %v", repo.FullName(), err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	log.Info("SyncManifest: synced .mokogitea/manifest.xml for %s", repo.FullName())
+}

services/repository/push.go

@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ import (
 	issue_service "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/issue"
 	notify_service "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/notify"
 	pull_service "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/pull"
+	security_service "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/services/security"
 )
 
 // pushQueue represents a queue to handle update pull request tests
@@ -193,6 +194,10 @@ func pushUpdates(optsList []*repo_module.PushUpdateOptions) error {
 					if err := DelRepoDivergenceFromCache(ctx, repo.ID); err != nil {
 						log.Error("DelRepoDivergenceFromCache: %v", err)
 					}
+					// Auto-sync .mokogitea/manifest.xml to database on default branch push
+					SyncManifestFromCommit(ctx, repo, newCommit)
+					// Run security scanners on default branch push
+					security_service.ScanOnPush(ctx, repo, newCommit)
 				} else {
 					if err := DelDivergenceFromCache(repo.ID, branch); err != nil {
 						log.Error("DelDivergenceFromCache: %v", err)

services/security/orchestrator.go

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package security
+
+import (
+	"context"
+
+	repo_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/repo"
+	security_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/security"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/git"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/log"
+)
+
+// ScanOnPush runs enabled scanners against a commit pushed to the default branch.
+// Called from services/repository/push.go on default branch pushes.
+func ScanOnPush(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, commit *git.Commit) {
+	if commit == nil {
+		return
+	}
+
+	cfg, err := security_model.GetScannerConfig(ctx, repo.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Error("SecurityScan: GetScannerConfig for %s: %v", repo.FullName(), err)
+		return
+	}
+	if !cfg.Enabled {
+		return
+	}
+
+	var scanners []Scanner
+	if cfg.SecretScanner {
+		scanners = append(scanners, NewSecretScanner())
+	}
+	// Future scanners added here:
+	// if cfg.DependScanner { scanners = append(scanners, NewDependencyScanner()) }
+	// if cfg.CodeScanner { scanners = append(scanners, NewCodeScanner()) }
+
+	if len(scanners) == 0 {
+		return
+	}
+
+	totalFindings := 0
+	for _, s := range scanners {
+		findings, err := s.ScanTree(commit)
+		if err != nil {
+			log.Error("SecurityScan: %s scanner for %s: %v", s.Type(), repo.FullName(), err)
+			continue
+		}
+
+		for _, f := range findings {
+			alert := &security_model.SecurityAlert{
+				RepoID:      repo.ID,
+				Scanner:     f.Scanner,
+				Severity:    f.Severity,
+				RuleID:      f.RuleID,
+				Title:       f.Title,
+				Description: f.Description,
+				FilePath:    f.FilePath,
+				LineNumber:  f.LineNumber,
+				CommitSHA:   f.CommitSHA,
+				Fingerprint: f.Fingerprint,
+				Metadata:    f.Metadata,
+			}
+			if err := security_model.CreateOrUpdateAlert(ctx, alert); err != nil {
+				log.Error("SecurityScan: CreateOrUpdateAlert: %v", err)
+			}
+			totalFindings++
+		}
+	}
+
+	if totalFindings > 0 {
+		log.Warn("SecurityScan: %d findings in %s", totalFindings, repo.FullName())
+	}
+}

services/security/scanner.go

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package security
+
+import (
+	security_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/security"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/git"
+)
+
+// Finding represents a single security issue found by a scanner.
+type Finding struct {
+	Scanner     security_model.ScannerType
+	Severity    security_model.AlertSeverity
+	RuleID      string
+	Title       string
+	Description string
+	FilePath    string
+	LineNumber  int
+	CommitSHA   string
+	Fingerprint string // unique identifier for dedup
+	Metadata    string // JSON extra data
+}
+
+// Scanner is the interface all security scanner modules implement.
+type Scanner interface {
+	// Type returns the scanner type identifier.
+	Type() security_model.ScannerType
+
+	// ScanCommit scans a single commit and returns findings.
+	ScanCommit(commit *git.Commit) ([]Finding, error)
+
+	// ScanTree scans the full repository tree and returns findings.
+	ScanTree(commit *git.Commit) ([]Finding, error)
+}

services/security/secret_scanner.go

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Moko Consulting <hello@mokoconsulting.tech>
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
+
+package security
+
+import (
+	"bufio"
+	"crypto/sha256"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+
+	security_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/security"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/git"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/log"
+)
+
+// SecretRule defines a pattern to match against file contents.
+type SecretRule struct {
+	ID          string
+	Title       string
+	Pattern     *regexp.Regexp
+	Severity    security_model.AlertSeverity
+	Description string
+}
+
+// DefaultSecretRules contains the built-in secret detection patterns.
+var DefaultSecretRules = []SecretRule{
+	// AWS
+	{ID: "aws-access-key", Title: "AWS Access Key ID", Severity: security_model.SeverityCritical,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`AKIA[0-9A-Z]{16}`), Description: "AWS access key ID detected"},
+	{ID: "aws-secret-key", Title: "AWS Secret Access Key", Severity: security_model.SeverityCritical,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)aws_secret_access_key\s*[=:]\s*['"]?[A-Za-z0-9/+=]{40}`), Description: "AWS secret access key detected"},
+
+	// Generic tokens/keys
+	{ID: "private-key", Title: "Private Key", Severity: security_model.SeverityCritical,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`-----BEGIN (RSA|EC|OPENSSH|DSA|PGP) PRIVATE KEY-----`), Description: "Private key file detected"},
+	{ID: "generic-api-key", Title: "Generic API Key", Severity: security_model.SeverityHigh,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)(api[_-]?key|apikey)\s*[=:]\s*['"]?[A-Za-z0-9_\-]{20,}`), Description: "API key assignment detected"},
+	{ID: "generic-secret", Title: "Generic Secret", Severity: security_model.SeverityHigh,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)(secret|password|passwd|pwd)\s*[=:]\s*['"][^'"]{8,}['"]`), Description: "Hardcoded secret or password detected"},
+	{ID: "generic-token", Title: "Generic Token", Severity: security_model.SeverityHigh,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)(token|auth_token|access_token)\s*[=:]\s*['"]?[A-Za-z0-9_\-.]{20,}`), Description: "Token assignment detected"},
+
+	// GitHub/Gitea
+	{ID: "github-pat", Title: "GitHub Personal Access Token", Severity: security_model.SeverityCritical,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`ghp_[A-Za-z0-9]{36}`), Description: "GitHub personal access token detected"},
+	{ID: "github-oauth", Title: "GitHub OAuth Token", Severity: security_model.SeverityCritical,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`gho_[A-Za-z0-9]{36}`), Description: "GitHub OAuth token detected"},
+
+	// Stripe
+	{ID: "stripe-secret", Title: "Stripe Secret Key", Severity: security_model.SeverityCritical,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`sk_live_[A-Za-z0-9]{24,}`), Description: "Stripe live secret key detected"},
+	{ID: "stripe-publishable", Title: "Stripe Publishable Key", Severity: security_model.SeverityLow,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`pk_live_[A-Za-z0-9]{24,}`), Description: "Stripe live publishable key detected (usually safe but flagged)"},
+
+	// JWT
+	{ID: "jwt-token", Title: "JWT Token", Severity: security_model.SeverityMedium,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`eyJ[A-Za-z0-9_-]{10,}\.eyJ[A-Za-z0-9_-]{10,}\.[A-Za-z0-9_-]{10,}`), Description: "JWT token detected"},
+
+	// Connection strings
+	{ID: "connection-string", Title: "Connection String with Password", Severity: security_model.SeverityCritical,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)(mysql|postgres|postgresql|mongodb|redis|amqp|smtp)://[^:]+:[^@]+@[^\s]+`), Description: "Database/service connection string with embedded password"},
+
+	// Google
+	{ID: "google-api-key", Title: "Google API Key", Severity: security_model.SeverityHigh,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`AIza[0-9A-Za-z_-]{35}`), Description: "Google API key detected"},
+
+	// Slack
+	{ID: "slack-webhook", Title: "Slack Webhook URL", Severity: security_model.SeverityMedium,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`https://hooks\.slack\.com/services/T[A-Z0-9]+/B[A-Z0-9]+/[A-Za-z0-9]+`), Description: "Slack webhook URL detected"},
+
+	// SendGrid
+	{ID: "sendgrid-api-key", Title: "SendGrid API Key", Severity: security_model.SeverityHigh,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`SG\.[A-Za-z0-9_-]{22}\.[A-Za-z0-9_-]{43}`), Description: "SendGrid API key detected"},
+
+	// PayPal
+	{ID: "paypal-client-secret", Title: "PayPal Client Secret", Severity: security_model.SeverityCritical,
+		Pattern: regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)paypal.*secret\s*[=:]\s*['"]?[A-Za-z0-9_-]{20,}`), Description: "PayPal client secret detected"},
+}
+
+// Files to skip during scanning.
+var skipExtensions = map[string]bool{
+	".png": true, ".jpg": true, ".jpeg": true, ".gif": true, ".ico": true,
+	".svg": true, ".woff": true, ".woff2": true, ".ttf": true, ".eot": true,
+	".zip": true, ".tar": true, ".gz": true, ".bz2": true, ".7z": true,
+	".pdf": true, ".doc": true, ".docx": true, ".xls": true, ".xlsx": true,
+	".exe": true, ".dll": true, ".so": true, ".dylib": true, ".o": true,
+	".min.js": true, ".min.css": true,
+}
+
+var skipPaths = []string{
+	"vendor/", "node_modules/", ".git/", "dist/", "build/",
+	"go.sum", "package-lock.json", "composer.lock", "yarn.lock",
+}
+
+// SecretScanner implements the Scanner interface for secret detection.
+type SecretScanner struct {
+	Rules []SecretRule
+}
+
+// NewSecretScanner creates a scanner with default rules.
+func NewSecretScanner() *SecretScanner {
+	return &SecretScanner{Rules: DefaultSecretRules}
+}
+
+func (s *SecretScanner) Type() security_model.ScannerType {
+	return security_model.ScannerSecret
+}
+
+func (s *SecretScanner) ScanCommit(commit *git.Commit) ([]Finding, error) {
+	// For push-time scanning, we scan the diff of the commit
+	return s.ScanTree(commit)
+}
+
+func (s *SecretScanner) ScanTree(commit *git.Commit) ([]Finding, error) {
+	if commit == nil {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+
+	entries, err := commit.ListEntriesRecursiveFast()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("ListEntriesRecursiveFast: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	var findings []Finding
+	for _, entry := range entries {
+		if !entry.IsRegular() {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		path := entry.Name()
+		if shouldSkipFile(path) {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Skip large files (> 1MB)
+		if entry.Blob().Size() > 1024*1024 {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		reader, err := entry.Blob().DataAsync()
+		if err != nil {
+			log.Trace("SecretScanner: skip %s: %v", path, err)
+			continue
+		}
+
+		fileFindings := s.scanReader(reader, path, commit.ID.String())
+		reader.Close()
+		findings = append(findings, fileFindings...)
+	}
+
+	return findings, nil
+}
+
+func (s *SecretScanner) scanReader(r io.Reader, filePath, commitSHA string) []Finding {
+	var findings []Finding
+	scanner := bufio.NewScanner(r)
+	lineNum := 0
+
+	for scanner.Scan() {
+		lineNum++
+		line := scanner.Text()
+
+		for _, rule := range s.Rules {
+			if rule.Pattern.MatchString(line) {
+				fingerprint := fmt.Sprintf("%x", sha256.Sum256([]byte(rule.ID+":"+filePath+":"+line)))
+				findings = append(findings, Finding{
+					Scanner:     security_model.ScannerSecret,
+					Severity:    rule.Severity,
+					RuleID:      rule.ID,
+					Title:       rule.Title,
+					Description: rule.Description,
+					FilePath:    filePath,
+					LineNumber:  lineNum,
+					CommitSHA:   commitSHA,
+					Fingerprint: fingerprint[:32],
+				})
+				break // one finding per line per file
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return findings
+}
+
+func shouldSkipFile(path string) bool {
+	lower := strings.ToLower(path)
+
+	for _, skip := range skipPaths {
+		if strings.HasPrefix(lower, skip) || strings.Contains(lower, "/"+skip) {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	for ext := range skipExtensions {
+		if strings.HasSuffix(lower, ext) {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false
+}

services/updateserver/composer.go

@@ -68,13 +68,15 @@ func GenerateComposerJSON(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, lice
 	repoLink := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
 
 	cfg := licenses.GetEffectiveConfig(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)
+	meta := resolveExtensionMetadata(ctx, repo, cfg)
 
-	// Composer package name: vendor/package
+	// Composer package name: vendor/package (override with resolved extension name if set)
 	packageName := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", strings.ToLower(repo.Owner.Name), strings.ToLower(repo.Name))
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.ExtensionName != "" {
-		packageName = cfg.ExtensionName
+	if meta.Element != strings.ToLower(repo.Name) {
+		packageName = meta.Element
 	}
 
+	description := meta.Description
 	maintainer := repo.Owner.Name
 	maintainerURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name)
 	if cfg != nil && cfg.Maintainer != "" {
@@ -84,14 +86,9 @@ func GenerateComposerJSON(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, lice
 		maintainerURL = cfg.MaintainerURL
 	}
 
-	description := ""
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.Description != "" {
-		description = cfg.Description
-	}
-
 	phpMin := ""
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.PHPMinimum != "" {
-		phpMin = ">=" + cfg.PHPMinimum
+	if meta.PHPMinimum != "" {
+		phpMin = ">=" + meta.PHPMinimum
 	}
 
 	streams := licenses.GetEffectiveStreams(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)

services/updateserver/drupal.go

@@ -66,16 +66,9 @@ func GenerateDrupalXML(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, allowed
 	repoLink := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
 
 	cfg := licenses.GetEffectiveConfig(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)
-	shortName := strings.ToLower(repo.Name)
-	title := repo.Name
-	if cfg != nil {
-		if cfg.ExtensionName != "" {
-			shortName = cfg.ExtensionName
-		}
-		if cfg.DisplayName != "" {
-			title = cfg.DisplayName
-		}
-	}
+	meta := resolveExtensionMetadata(ctx, repo, cfg)
+	shortName := meta.Element
+	title := meta.DisplayName
 
 	streams := licenses.GetEffectiveStreams(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)
 

services/updateserver/joomla.go

@@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ import (
 	"time"
 
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/db"
+	issues_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/issues"
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/licenses"
 	repo_model "code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/models/repo"
+	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/log"
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/storage"
 	"code.mokoconsulting.tech/MokoConsulting/MokoGitea/modules/setting"
 )
@@ -37,7 +39,7 @@ type xmlUpdate struct {
 	TargetPlatform xmlTargetPlat   `xml:"targetplatform"`
 	SHA256         string          `xml:"sha256,omitempty"`
 	SHA512         string          `xml:"sha512,omitempty"`
-	Client         string          `xml:"client"`
+	Client         string          `xml:"client,omitempty"`
 	PHPMinimum     string          `xml:"php_minimum,omitempty"`
 	Description    string          `xml:"description,omitempty"`
 	CreationDate   string          `xml:"creationDate,omitempty"`
@@ -120,7 +122,10 @@ func isStreamName(s string, streams []licenses.StreamDef) bool {
 }
 
 // joomlaTagName maps internal stream names to Joomla-standard tag values.
-// Joomla recognizes: dev, alpha, beta, rc, stable.
+// Joomla's Update.php maps tags via STABILITY_ + strtoupper(tag) constants.
+// Valid values: dev (0), alpha (1), beta (2), rc (3), stable (4).
+// Using full names like "development" or "release-candidate" would silently
+// fall back to STABILITY_STABLE, breaking pre-release channel filtering.
 func joomlaTagName(channel string) string {
 	switch channel {
 	case ChannelDevelopment:
@@ -157,9 +162,121 @@ func NormalizeChannel(ch string) string {
 	}
 }
 
+// extensionMetadata holds resolved metadata for feed generation.
+// Fields are resolved with priority: custom field → config table → default.
+type extensionMetadata struct {
+	Element        string
+	DisplayName    string
+	ExtType        string
+	TargetVersion  string
+	PHPMinimum     string
+	Description    string
+	SupportURL     string
+	DownloadGating string
+	KeyPrefix      string
+}
+
+// resolveExtensionMetadata loads extension metadata with cascading fallback:
+// org-level repo-scoped custom fields → update_stream_config → repo-derived defaults.
+func resolveExtensionMetadata(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, cfg *licenses.UpdateStreamConfig) extensionMetadata {
+	m := extensionMetadata{
+		Element:       strings.ToLower(repo.Name),
+		DisplayName:   fmt.Sprintf("%s - %s", repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name),
+		ExtType:       "component",
+		TargetVersion: "(5|6)\\..*",
+	}
+
+	// Apply config table values.
+	if cfg != nil {
+		if cfg.ExtensionName != "" {
+			m.Element = cfg.ExtensionName
+		}
+		if cfg.DisplayName != "" {
+			m.DisplayName = cfg.DisplayName
+		}
+		if cfg.ExtensionType != "" {
+			m.ExtType = cfg.ExtensionType
+		}
+		if cfg.TargetVersion != "" {
+			m.TargetVersion = cfg.TargetVersion
+		}
+		if cfg.PHPMinimum != "" {
+			m.PHPMinimum = cfg.PHPMinimum
+		}
+		if cfg.Description != "" {
+			m.Description = cfg.Description
+		}
+		if cfg.SupportURL != "" {
+			m.SupportURL = cfg.SupportURL
+		}
+		if cfg.DownloadGating != "" {
+			m.DownloadGating = cfg.DownloadGating
+		}
+		if cfg.KeyPrefix != "" {
+			m.KeyPrefix = cfg.KeyPrefix
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Override with custom field values (highest priority).
+	fields, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldsByOwner(ctx, repo.OwnerID, issues_model.CustomFieldScopeRepo)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Error("resolveExtensionMetadata: GetCustomFieldsByOwner for repo %d: %v", repo.ID, err)
+		return m
+	}
+	if len(fields) == 0 {
+		return m
+	}
+	values, err := issues_model.GetCustomFieldValuesMap(ctx, repo.ID)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Error("resolveExtensionMetadata: GetCustomFieldValuesMap for repo %d: %v", repo.ID, err)
+		return m
+	}
+	if len(values) == 0 {
+		return m
+	}
+
+	// Build name → value map from field definitions + values.
+	named := make(map[string]string, len(fields))
+	for _, f := range fields {
+		if v, ok := values[f.ID]; ok && v != "" {
+			named[f.Name] = v
+		}
+	}
+
+	if v := named["Extension Name"]; v != "" {
+		m.Element = v
+	}
+	if v := named["Display Name"]; v != "" {
+		m.DisplayName = v
+	}
+	if v := named["Extension Type"]; v != "" {
+		m.ExtType = v
+	}
+	if v := named["Target Version"]; v != "" {
+		m.TargetVersion = v
+	}
+	if v := named["PHP Minimum"]; v != "" {
+		m.PHPMinimum = v
+	}
+	if v := named["Support URL"]; v != "" {
+		m.SupportURL = v
+	}
+	if v := named["Description"]; v != "" {
+		m.Description = v
+	}
+	if v := named["Download Gating"]; v != "" {
+		m.DownloadGating = v
+	}
+	if v := named["Key Prefix"]; v != "" {
+		m.KeyPrefix = v
+	}
+
+	return m
+}
+
 // GenerateJoomlaXML builds a Joomla-compatible updates.xml from repository releases.
-// It returns the raw XML bytes. Extension metadata is read from the update stream config;
-// falls back to repo name/owner when not configured.
+// It returns the raw XML bytes. Extension metadata is resolved from custom fields first,
+// then the update stream config, then repo-derived defaults.
 // allowedChannels optionally restricts output to specific channels (nil = all).
 func GenerateJoomlaXML(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, requireKey, stripDownloads bool, allowedChannels ...string) ([]byte, error) {
 	releases, err := db.Find[repo_model.Release](ctx, repo_model.FindReleasesOptions{
@@ -182,40 +299,26 @@ func GenerateJoomlaXML(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, require
 	}
 	repoLink := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
 
-	// Load extension metadata from config (falls back to repo-derived values).
+	// Load extension metadata with cascading fallback:
+	// custom fields → config table → repo-derived defaults.
 	cfg := licenses.GetEffectiveConfig(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)
+	meta := resolveExtensionMetadata(ctx, repo, cfg)
 
-	element := strings.ToLower(repo.Name)
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.ExtensionName != "" {
-		element = cfg.ExtensionName
+	element := meta.Element
+	displayName := meta.DisplayName
+	extType := meta.ExtType
+	targetVersion := meta.TargetVersion
+	phpMinimum := meta.PHPMinimum
+	feedDescription := meta.Description
+
+	// Maintainer and URL always come from the org profile.
+	maintainer := repo.Owner.FullName
+	if maintainer == "" {
+		maintainer = repo.Owner.Name
 	}
-	displayName := fmt.Sprintf("%s - %s", repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.DisplayName != "" {
-		displayName = cfg.DisplayName
-	}
-	extType := "component"
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.ExtensionType != "" {
-		extType = cfg.ExtensionType
-	}
-	maintainer := repo.Owner.Name
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.Maintainer != "" {
-		maintainer = cfg.Maintainer
-	}
-	maintainerURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name)
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.MaintainerURL != "" {
-		maintainerURL = cfg.MaintainerURL
-	}
-	targetVersion := ".*"
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.TargetVersion != "" {
-		targetVersion = cfg.TargetVersion
-	}
-	phpMinimum := ""
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.PHPMinimum != "" {
-		phpMinimum = cfg.PHPMinimum
-	}
-	feedDescription := ""
-	if cfg != nil && cfg.Description != "" {
-		feedDescription = cfg.Description
+	maintainerURL := repo.Owner.Website
+	if maintainerURL == "" {
+		maintainerURL = fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name)
 	}
 
 	// Resolve effective streams (repo override → org default → Joomla default).
@@ -284,9 +387,16 @@ func GenerateJoomlaXML(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, require
 			downloadURL = fmt.Sprintf("%s/archive/%s.zip", repoLink, rel.TagName)
 		}
 
-		version := extractVersion(rel.TagName)
-		// If the tag is a stream name (not a version), try the release title instead.
-		if version == "" || isStreamName(rel.TagName, streams) {
+		// Extract version: prefer asset filename (matches actual download),
+		// then tag name, then release title. Only fall through when empty.
+		version := ""
+		if zipName != "" {
+			version = extractVersion(zipName)
+		}
+		if version == "" {
+			version = extractVersion(rel.TagName)
+		}
+		if version == "" {
 			version = extractVersion(rel.Title)
 		}
 		// Last resort: use the tag name as-is.
@@ -306,11 +416,19 @@ func GenerateJoomlaXML(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, require
 			desc = fmt.Sprintf("%s %s build.", displayName, ch)
 		}
 
+		// Info URL: use support_url (product page), fall back to releases page.
 		infoURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/releases", repoLink)
-		if cfg != nil && cfg.SupportURL != "" {
-			infoURL = cfg.SupportURL
-		} else if cfg != nil && cfg.InfoURL != "" {
-			infoURL = cfg.InfoURL
+		if meta.SupportURL != "" {
+			infoURL = meta.SupportURL
+		}
+
+		// Joomla <client> element: packages use client_id=0 in #__extensions,
+		// so we must output <client>0</client> for Joomla to match the update
+		// to the installed extension. Other types default to "site" (client_id=0)
+		// or "administrator" (client_id=1).
+		client := "site"
+		if extType == "package" {
+			client = "0"
 		}
 
 		u := xmlUpdate{
@@ -318,7 +436,7 @@ func GenerateJoomlaXML(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, require
 			Description: desc,
 			Element:     element,
 			Type:        extType,
-			Client:      "site",
+			Client:      client,
 			Version:     version,
 			CreationDate: time.Unix(int64(rel.CreatedUnix), 0).Format("2006-01-02"),
 			InfoURL: xmlInfoURL{

services/updateserver/prestashop.go

@@ -55,23 +55,13 @@ func GeneratePrestaShopXML(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, all
 	repoLink := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
 
 	cfg := licenses.GetEffectiveConfig(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)
-	moduleName := strings.ToLower(repo.Name)
-	displayName := repo.Name
+	meta := resolveExtensionMetadata(ctx, repo, cfg)
+	moduleName := meta.Element
+	displayName := meta.DisplayName
+	description := meta.Description
 	maintainer := repo.Owner.Name
-	description := ""
-	if cfg != nil {
-		if cfg.ExtensionName != "" {
-			moduleName = cfg.ExtensionName
-		}
-		if cfg.DisplayName != "" {
-			displayName = cfg.DisplayName
-		}
-		if cfg.Maintainer != "" {
-			maintainer = cfg.Maintainer
-		}
-		if cfg.Description != "" {
-			description = cfg.Description
-		}
+	if cfg != nil && cfg.Maintainer != "" {
+		maintainer = cfg.Maintainer
 	}
 
 	streams := licenses.GetEffectiveStreams(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)

services/updateserver/whmcs.go

@@ -50,23 +50,18 @@ func GenerateWHMCSJSON(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, license
 	repoLink := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
 
 	cfg := licenses.GetEffectiveConfig(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)
-	displayName := repo.Name
+	meta := resolveExtensionMetadata(ctx, repo, cfg)
+	displayName := meta.DisplayName
+	description := meta.Description
 	maintainer := repo.Owner.Name
 	maintainerURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name)
-	description := ""
 	if cfg != nil {
-		if cfg.DisplayName != "" {
-			displayName = cfg.DisplayName
-		}
 		if cfg.Maintainer != "" {
 			maintainer = cfg.Maintainer
 		}
 		if cfg.MaintainerURL != "" {
 			maintainerURL = cfg.MaintainerURL
 		}
-		if cfg.Description != "" {
-			description = cfg.Description
-		}
 	}
 
 	streams := licenses.GetEffectiveStreams(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)

services/updateserver/wordpress.go

@@ -57,36 +57,30 @@ func GenerateWordPressJSON(ctx context.Context, repo *repo_model.Repository, lic
 	baseURL := strings.TrimSuffix(setting.AppURL, "/")
 	repoLink := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
 
-	// Load extension metadata.
+	// Load extension metadata with cascading fallback:
+	// custom fields → config table → repo-derived defaults.
 	cfg := licenses.GetEffectiveConfig(ctx, repo.OwnerID, repo.ID)
+	meta := resolveExtensionMetadata(ctx, repo, cfg)
 
-	slug := strings.ToLower(repo.Name)
-	displayName := fmt.Sprintf("%s - %s", repo.Owner.Name, repo.Name)
+	slug := meta.Element
+	displayName := meta.DisplayName
+	requiresPHP := meta.PHPMinimum
+	homepage := repoLink
+	if meta.SupportURL != "" {
+		homepage = meta.SupportURL
+	}
 	maintainer := repo.Owner.Name
 	maintainerURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", baseURL, repo.Owner.Name)
-	homepage := repoLink
-	requiresPHP := ""
 	if cfg != nil {
-		if cfg.ExtensionName != "" {
-			slug = cfg.ExtensionName
-		}
-		if cfg.DisplayName != "" {
-			displayName = cfg.DisplayName
-		}
 		if cfg.Maintainer != "" {
 			maintainer = cfg.Maintainer
 		}
 		if cfg.MaintainerURL != "" {
 			maintainerURL = cfg.MaintainerURL
 		}
-		if cfg.SupportURL != "" {
-			homepage = cfg.SupportURL
-		} else if cfg.InfoURL != "" {
+		if homepage == repoLink && cfg.InfoURL != "" {
 			homepage = cfg.InfoURL
 		}
-		if cfg.PHPMinimum != "" {
-			requiresPHP = cfg.PHPMinimum
-		}
 	}
 
 	// Resolve streams and find the latest stable release.